TNM 777G

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 221

20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.

2021/11/03 Assembly Procedure for the 777G Off-Highway Trucks {1000, 7000, 7960} (M0106746-04)

SMCS - 1000, 7000, 7960 i08644657


Off-Highway Truck/Tractor
777G (S/N: T5A2000-UP; TNM2000-UP; RDR2000-UP; T4Y2000-UP)

Revision History:
Revision  Summary of Changes 
Step 6 in Section "Install the 365-4788 Rear Housing Group, the 315-6272 Transmission Arrangement, and the 315-3183 Hydraulic
04 
Oil Cooler Lines Group" is updated. 
03  Content updated in Section "Steering System Pressure Testing Procedure" , Section "Primary Steering Pressure", and Table 125. 
Remove 346-7706 Lighting Wiring Gp and add 539-6283 Flood Lighting Gp, 539-6284 Flood Lighting Gp, and 453-6602 Flood
02 
Lighting Gp tables 
01  Updated torque for assembly of 329-7328 Convex Mirror to mounting post to 2.37 ± 0.11 N·m (21 ± 1 lb in). 

Table 1

Introduction
Reference: Specifications, SENR3130, "Torque Specifications"

Reference: Special Instruction, SEHS0030, "Field Procedure to Install the Rear Axle Lubrication Kit (If Equipped) on Certain 777G Off-Highway
Trucks"

Reference: Special Instruction, SEHS0031, "Field Instructions to Install the Engine Oil Metering Group (If Equipped) on Certain 777G Off-Highway
Trucks"

Reference: Special Instruction, REHS9320, "Procedure to Install the Cold-Weather Cover Group onto Certain Tier IV 773G, 775G, and 777G Off-
Highway Trucks"

This special instruction contains information and procedures that are required to assemble 777G Off-Highway Trucks.

Note: Refer to Special Instruction, REHS4445, "Servicing the Suspension Cylinders for Off-Highway Trucks" for any information concerning
suspension cylinders. The Special Instruction includes Tooling, pressures, and the correct procedures for purging (oil and nitrogen) and charging
(oil and nitrogen).

The suggested Tools should be available. Without proper Tools and equipment, more time will be consumed when you assemble the machine.

Check for parts and for information in the following locations:

Operator Station

Truck Body

Shipping Containers

Inspect all areas for parts and for information. Do not discard any material until the machine is assembled.

Personal injury or death can result from improper assembly


procedures.

Do not attempt any assembly until you have read and


understand the assembly instructions.

Read the entire special instruction. Understand the information before you perform any procedures. Understand the information before you order
any parts.

Note: In this publication, some photos are for illustrative purposes. Photos for illustrative purposes may not be in sequence with the assembly
procedure.

After the machine is assembled, refer to the Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "777G Off-Highway Trucks" or Operation and
Maintenance Manual, M0106096, "777G Off-Highway Trucks" to prepare the machine for operation. Use the Parts Manual and use the Service
Manual in addition to this special instruction.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 1/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Note: Determine if there are any outstanding product improvement programs (PIP) on the truck. If there are, determine the optimum time during
truck assembly to complete the program.

Illustration 1 g06094436

Note: A protective coating is now being applied to Quarry Trucks and Off-Highway Truck/Tractors. The coating of corrosion protection is applied to
any surface of the machine that is not painted and also to certain areas of the machine that may be affected by corrosive environments during
transportation to its final destination. The coating can be left on the machine to provide long lasting component protection, however it can be
removed using a high pressure 8275 kPa (1200 psi) hot alkaline washing (PH of 11 or higher) followed by a water rinse or by using low-pressure
steam.

NOTICE
Do not allow any dirt or foreign material to get into the hydraulic
system during assembly, connection of lines, when components
are filled with fluid, or during any maintenance operation.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are contained during
performance of inspection, maintenance, testing, adjusting, and
repair of the product. Be prepared to collect the fluid with
suitable containers before opening any compartment or
disassembling any component containing fluids.

Refer to Special Publication, PERJ1017, "Dealer Service Tool


Catalog" for tools and supplies suitable to collect and contain
fluids on Cat® products.

Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and


mandates.

Weights and Specifications


Approximate Weight of Empty Machine 

Sales Model  Empty Weight 


777G  67676 kg (149200 lb) to 75279 kg (165962 lb)(1) 

Table 2
(1)
Total machine weight will vary depending on emission option, body type, and other machine options.

Approximate Weight of Body Assembly 


242-3170 Body and Canopy As with 297-2804 Body Liner Gp  21827 kg (48120 lb) 
242-3170 Body and Canopy As with 242-3145 Body Liner Gp  23017 kg (50744 lb) 
242-3170 Body and Canopy As  16132 kg (35565 lb) 
327-0400 Body and Canopy As  15851 kg (34945 lb) 
321-5400 Body and Canopy As  16710 kg (36839 lb) 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 2/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

321-5410 Body and Canopy As  17826 kg (39300 lb) 


321-5500 Body and Canopy As  17712 kg (39048 lb) 
321-5510 Body and Canopy As  18915 kg (41700 lb) 
489-6400 Body and Canopy As  18915 kg (41700 lb) 

Table 3

Approximate Weights of Components 

Name  Weight 
Chassis  19879 kg (43827 lb) 
Skid and Cab  1435 kg (3160 lb) 
Skid and Front Struts  4220 kg (9300 lb) 
Parts Box  765 kg (1680 lb) 
Skid and Fuel Tank  465 kg (1020 lb) 
Skid and Hand Rails  535 kg (1180 lb) 
Skid and Ladders  1335 kg (2940 lb) 
Rear Axle Housing and Transmission  10605 kg (23380 lb) 
Front Strut  1996 kg (4400 lb) 
Right-Hand Platform  175 kg (386 lb) 
Right-Hand Support Assembly  30 kg (66 lb) 
Left-Hand Support Assembly  71 kg (157 lb) 
Right-Hand Ladder  59 kg (130lb) 
Right-Hand Rail  45 kg (99 lb) 
Hood Hand Rail  28 kg (62 lb) 
Right-Hand Ladder Hand Rail  30 kg (66 lb) 
Front Hand Rail  21 kg (46 lb) 
Front Cab Support  160 kg (350 lb) 
Rear Cab Support  230 kg (500 lb) 
Standard Cab  875 kg (1929 lb) 
Left-Hand Platform  180 kg (397 lb) 
Operator Access Ladder  54 kg (119 lb) 
Left-Hand Ladder Rail  12 kg (26lb) 
Left-Hand Catwalk Railing  68 kg (150 lb) 
Tire and Rim  1960 kg (4320 lb) 

Table 4

Required Tools 

Tool  Part Number  Description 


AA  148-0357  Strut Lifting Group 
BB  4C-5593  Anti-Seize 
CC  7K-1181  Cable Straps 
DD  3S-2093  Cable Straps 
EE  9S-3263  Thread Lock Compound 

Table 5

Parts List
Reference: Service Parts, PECP9067, "One Safe Source".

Required Parts for the Installation of the Rear Axle Housing and Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


16  7X-2584  Bolt(1) 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 3/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

32  217-9902  Washer(1) 


4  8B-5144  Bolts(2) 
1  321-1386  Tube As(3) 
1  321-1387  Tube As(3) 
1  321-1388  Tube As(3) 
1  321-1389  Tube As(3) 
4  4J-0528  O-Ring Seal(3) 
17  8T-4184  Bolt(3) 
33  8T-4223  Hard Washer(3) 
16  1P-4582  Half Flange(3) 
4  4J-0527  O-Ring Seal(3) 
16  8T-8919  Bolt(3) 
1  194-7882  Spacer(3) 
4  6D-8305  Clamp(3) 
1  6V-1867  Clip(3) 
1  6V-1868  Clip(3) 
1  6V-1869  Grommet(3) 
2  8T-4122  Hard Washer(3) 
2  8T-4779  Bolt(3) 
1  6V-1249  Grommet(4) 
1  9C-4937  Breather As(5) 
1  7D-6282  Hose As(5) 
1  5K-9660  Clip(5) 
1  6V-4248  Bolt(5) 
1  8T-7934  Hard Washer(5) 
2  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 6
(1)
(2) Part of the 365-4802 Axle Housing Support Gp
(3) Bolts attached to the drive shaft in a bag
(4) Part of the 315-3183 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Gp
(5) Part of the 310-7615 Chassis Wiring Gp
Part of the 365-4788 Rear Housing

Required Parts for the Installation of the 309-1346 Power Train Oil Lines Gp 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  150-4043  Connector As 
2  173-1437  Half Flange 
4  1P-4579  Half Flange 
4  1P-4582  Half Flange 
1  198-0143  Elbow As 
1  4J-0522  O-Ring Seal 
2  4J-0524  O-Ring Seal 
2  4J-0527  O-Ring Seal 
1  9X-8250  Clip 
12  8T-4183  Bolt 
21  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
1  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
4  8T-6868  Bolt 
4  8T-8919  Bolt 
2  5P-7468  Clip 
2  5P-7469  Clip 
2  8T-4196  Bolt 
2  8T-4133  Nut 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 4/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

2  6V-0545  Grommet 
1  5P-7466(1)  Clip 
1  5P-7467(1)  Clip 
1  5P-8112(1)  Grommet 
2  7X-7729(1)  Hard Washer 

Table 7
(1)
Part of the 309-1352 Service Brake Control Gp

Required Parts for Installation of the Front Suspension Cylinders 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


335-6352(1)

2  Front Suspension Gp 


335-6351(2) 

2  9D-2498  Key 
28  6C-3218  Bolt 
28  329-3710  Nut 
56  329-3699  Hard Washer 
8  282-0882  Hard Washer 
8  299-7351  Bolt 

Table 8
(1)
(2) Non-European part number
European part number

Required Parts for Installation of the Front Oil Cooler Lines Group and Front Brake Lines Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  381-3168(1)  Hose As 
2  381-3169(1)  Hose As 
8  1P-4582(1)  Half Flange 
6  4J-0527(1)  O-Ring Seal 
16  8T-4183(1)  Bolt 
2  4J-0524(1)  O-Ring Seal 
16  8T-4223(1)  Hard Washer 
2  8T-4186  Bolt 
4  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
2  8T-4133  Nut 
2  281-5975  Elbow As 
2  319-6228  Elbow As 

Table 9
(1)
Part of the 309-1339 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Gp

Required Parts for Installation of the Fuel Tank 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


312-0924  Fuel Tank As(1) 

312-0926 Fuel Tank As(2) 
1  381-6900  Bracket As 
4  8T-4193  Bolt 
4  198-4780  Hard Washer 
2  6G-5294  Cap 
4  8T-4187  Bolt 
6  8T-4123  Washer 
4  8X-5299  Mounting 
2  8C-8478  Bolt 
2  9D-9438  Washer 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 5/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

2  8T-4131  Nut 

Table 10
(1)
(2) 1140 L (300 US gal)
1325 L (350 US gal)

Required Parts for Installation of the Ladder Gp 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  358-6840  Step Gp 

Table 11

Required Parts for Installation of the Cab Mounts and the Cab 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  311-7760  Support As 
1  311-7761  Support As 
8  173-9684  Bolt 
8  198-4782  Hard Washer 
10  7X-2583  Bolt 
10  198-4783  Hard Washer 
1  343-6060  Sleeve 
8  117-8131  Mount As 
1  152-0604  Bolt 
4  252-0080  Washer 
3  343-6059  Sleeve 
3  8T-0674  Bolt 
4  8T-4195  Bolt 
4  7X-7729  Washer 
4  240-2261  Pin As 
1  8T-4137(1)  Bolt 
1  8T-4121(1)  Hard Washer 

Table 12
(1)
Part of the 310-7614 Chassis Wiring Gp

Required Parts for Installation of the Fittings for the 309-1352 Service Brake Control Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  238-5080  O-Ring Seal 
2  1  8T-0077  Connector 
3  1  319-6240  Connector As 
4  1  319-6226  Elbow As 
5  1  3G-8057  Clip 
6  1  3G-8054  Clip 
7  1  3G-8047  Grommet 
8  1  6D-4246  Clip 
9  2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
10  2  8T-4196  Bolt 

Table 13

Required Parts for Installation of the Steering Lines Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  281-5982  Connector As 
2  2  377-9616  Connector As 
3  1  319-6222  Elbow As 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 6/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

4  2  1F-7854  Spacer 
5  2  281-5619  Rod 
6  2  7G-5985  Clip 
7  2  7G-5984  Clip 
8  2  6V-1876  Grommet 
9  1  5P-7462  Clip 
10  1  5P-7463  Clip 
11  1  6V-0683  Grommet 
12  2  344-5675  Nut 
13  2  7X-7729  Washer 

Table 14

Required Parts for Installation of the Exhaust Pipe Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  295-5183  Exhaust Pipe Gp 
6  7X-2563  Bolt 
6  8T-5439  Hard Washer 
1  357-2923(1)  Tube 
2  4N-9330(1)  Clamp 
4  5P-8245(1)  Hard Washer 
2  6V-3823(1)  Bolt 
2  6V-7687(1)  Locknut 

Table 15
(1)
Part of the 357-2930 Exhaust Lines Gp

Required Parts for the Installation of the Muffler Group 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
4  283-1578  Hard Washer 
1  327-2486  Tube 
1  327-2499  Bracket As 
1  342-8714  Plate As 
1  357-2917  Strap 
8  5P-8245  Hard Washer 
4  6V-3823  Bolt 
4  6V-7687  Locknut 
4  7X-2563  Bolt 
1  357-2923(1)  Tube 
2  4N-9330(1)  Clamp 

Table 16
(1)
Part of the 357-2930 Exhaust Lines Gp

Required Parts for Installation of the Right-Hand Platform Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  312-0810  Platform Gp 

Table 17

Required Parts for Installation of the Left-Hand Walkway Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  310-8090  Walkway Gp 

Table 18

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 7/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Required Parts for the Installation of the 351-8950 Payload Monitor Gp Which is part of the 345-9839 Monitor Wiring Gp (If
Equipped) 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
2  351-8950  Payload Monitor Gp 
1  351-8952  Mounting Bracket As 
1  357-6649  Plate 
1  150-5931  Grommet 
6  198-4778  Hard Washer 
2  7X-7729  Washer 
4  8T-4136  Bolt 
6  8T-4139  Bolt 
6  8T-4194  Bolt 
2  8T-4195  Bolt 
10  8T-4223  Hard Washer 

Table 19

Required Parts for the Installation of the Fender Assembly and the Support Assembly 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  358-9520  Fender As 
1  357-6640  Support As 
2  319-5435  Plate 
2  357-0497  Plate 
4  8T-4186  Bolt 
8  7X-7729  Washer 
4  8T-0389  Locknut 

Table 20

Required Parts for Installation of the Platform Assembly 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  357-4691  Support As 
1  357-6650  Platform As (LH) 

Table 21

Required Parts for Installation of the Ladder Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  358-6679  Step As 
2  7T-8332  Mount 
8  7X-0590  Hard Washer 
4  8T-4183  Bolt 
2  8T-4244  Nut 
2  8T-4648  Bolt 

Table 22

Required Parts for Installation of the Ladder Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  358-6678  Step As 
2  7T-8332  Mount 
8  7X-0590  Hard Washer 
4  8T-4184  Bolt 
2  8T-4244  Nut 
2  8T-4910  Bolt 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 8/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Table 23

Required Parts for Installation of the Handrail Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  354-6976  Handrail As 
1  356-8508  Handrail As 
1  357-2120  Handrail As 
1  357-2130  Handrail As 
1  357-2140  Handrail As 
1  358-7891  Handrail As 
1  358-7893  Handrail As 
1  358-7894  Handrail As 
1  358-7895  Handrail As 
1  358-7896  Handrail As 
6  198-4778  Hard Washer 
6  7X-3392  Hard Washer 
6  8T-4956  Bolt 
8  115-3580(1)  Plate 
16  5P-7468(1)  Clip 
16  5P-7469(1)  Clip 
16  6V-1874(1)  Grommet 
38  7X-3392(1)  Hard Washer 
14  8T-4121(1)  Hard Washer 
24  8T-4139(1)  Bolt 
16  8T-4183(1)  Bolt 
10  8T-4195(1)  Bolt 
32  8T-4223(1)  Hard Washer 
16  8T-4244(1)  Nut 

Table 24
(1)
Part of the 312-0840 Handrail Gp

Required parts for Installation of the 310-7621 Platform Wiring Gp 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  3E-5169  Switch Guard 
1  271-2178  Toggle Switch 
1  353-4515  Toggle Switch Gp 
2  8T-4137  Bolt 
2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
1  8Y-8606  Grommet 
9  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
3  130-5300  Clip 
1  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
1  271-4532  Film 
1  281-7268  Film 

Table 25

Required Parts for Installation of the 354-8040 Mirror Gp 


Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  12  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  1  7X-7468  Convex Mirror 
3  2  133-6934  Spacer 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%2520700… 9/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

4  6  134-0989  Block 
5  2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
6  1  295-8899  Plate 
7  1  478-0059  Tube As 
8  2  478-0060  Tube As 
9  1  129-3180  Locknut 
10  1  221-9264  Rear View Mirror Gp 
11  1  3K-6060  Locknut 
12  3  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
13  1  5P-7468  Clip 
14  1  5P-7469  Clip 
15  1  6V-1874  Grommet 
16  18  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
17  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
18  12  8T-4182  Bolt 
19  1  8T-4183  Bolt 
20  2  8T-4185  Bolt 
21  1  352-3964  Clip 
22  4  4P-7581  Clip 

Table 26

Required Parts for the Installation of the 336-4450 Mirror Gp 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
4  7D-9969  Support 
2  134-0989  Block 
2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
2  329-7328  Convex Mirror 
2  334-1004  Tube As 
1  346-0610  Bracket As 
1  357-9682  Mirror Gp 
1  358-6015  Tube As 
1  358-6020  Tube As 
4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
4  7X-3391  Hard Washer 
4  7X-7729  Washer 
11  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
4  8F-8398  Clamp 
24  8T-0389  Locknut 
33  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
4  8T-4137  Bolt 
4  8T-4182  Bolt 
4  8T-4184  Bolt 
2  8T-4186  Bolt 
3  8T-4195  Bolt 
4  8T-6868  Bolt 

Table 27

Required Parts for the Installation of the 342-8700 Mirror Gp 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
6  3S-2093  Cable Strap 
6  7D-9969  Support 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 10/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  7X-7468  Convex Mirror 


1  134-0987  Bracket As 
2  134-0989  Block 
2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
1  311-7059  Mirror Gp 
2  323-5341  Tube As 
1  326-3097  Baffle As 
2  329-7328  Convex Mirror 
4  338-5116  Wiring Harness 
1  338-9280  Plate 
1  338-9281  Plate 
1  358-6015  Tube As 
1  358-6020  Tube As 
2  031-9831  Bolt 
4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
1  3K-6060  Locknut 
1  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
6  7X-3391  Hard Washer 
4  7X-7729  Washer 
10  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
4  8F-8398  Clamp 
24  8T-0389  Locknut 
35  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
3  8T-4136  Bolt 
4  8T-4137  Bolt 
4  8T-4182  Bolt 
4  8T-4184  Bolt 
2  8T-4186  Bolt 
2  8T-4198  Bolt 
6  8T-6868  Bolt 

Table 28

Required Parts for the Installation of the 539-6283 Flood Lighting Gp 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
3  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
4  219-6486  Flood Lamp Gp 
6  219-6487  Flood Lamp Gp 
2  219-6488  Flood Lamp Gp 
4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 29

Required Parts for the Installation of the 539-6284 Flood Lighting Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  3  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
2  4  219-6487  Flood Lamp Gp 
3  6  219-6488  Flood Lamp Gp 
4  2  388-6288  Flood Lamp Gp 
5  2  441-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
6  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 30

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 11/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Required Parts for the Installation of the 453-6602 Flood Lighting Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  4  441-0315  Head Lamp Gp 
2  11  505-8916  Flood Lamp Gp 
3  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 31

Required Parts for the Installation of the Roof Antenna 310-7629 Wiring Gp (If Equipped) 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  284-8533  Antenna Assembly 
1  283-5837  Plate 
15  3S-2093  Cable Straps 
9  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
1  2G-1133  Grommet 
1  8S-7583  Grommet 
1  7G-3228  Grommet 

Table 32

Required Parts for the Installation of the 310-7629 Antenna Mounting Gp (If Equipped) 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
21  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
1  283-5837  Plate 
1  346-9376  Antenna As 
1  2G-1133  Grommet 
1  377-7091  Cable As 
1  7G-3228  Grommet 
2  8S-7583  Grommet 

Table 33

Required Parts for Installation of the Fender Group 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  340-3605  Guard 
1  340-3607  Guard 
1  346-7672  Rubber Guard 
1  358-6041  Rubber Guard 
1  358-9150  Guard 
1  368-2997  Rubber Guard 
1  368-2998  Rubber Guard 
1  376-6617  Guard 
1  356-6038  Sideboard As 
1  357-6592  Guard 
18  8T-4196  Bolt 
4  8T-4195  Bolt 
22  7X-7729  Washer 
1  358-6038  Plate As 
16  357-0497  Plate 
1  346-8338  Plate As 
1  358-9152  Plate As 

Table 34

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 12/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Required Parts for Installation of the 347-5894 Chassis Harness As 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
2  8R-0721  Spacer 
1  341-6647  Plate As 
4  5P-2369  Clip 
6  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
3  8T-4137  Bolt 
2  8T-4185  Bolt 
1  8T-4197  Bolt 
1  8T-4223  Hard Washer 

Table 35

Required Parts for Installation of the 308-3212 Front Wheel 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


40  339-3284  Hex Nut 
40  322-1942  Hard Washer 

Table 36

Required Parts for Installation of the Rear Wheels 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  420-0526  Tire Valve Gp 
80  339-3284  Hex Nut 
80  322-1942  Hard Washer 
2  329-8262(1)  Stem Extension Gp 

Table 37
(1)
Remove and reuse a valve cap from rear rims to protect the core on extension group.

Required Parts for Installation of the 377-6260 Truck Body Mounting Gp 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


16  1D-0503  Washer 
4  5D-3887  Rod 
2  5T-5528  Plate 
2  5T-9266  Pin As 
4  6F-8499  Spring 
2  6G-7773  Pin 
2  8W-8454  Pin As 
2  8W-8456  Plate 
4  9D-2316  Spacer 
4  054-3788  Washer 
2  253-7490  Ejector 
2  270-7034  Pin As 
2  322-5067  Mud Guard 
2  322-5068  Plate 
2  331-5956  Plate 
8  3B-4615  Cotter Pin 
4  3B-4647  Cotter Pin 
8  5P-2566  Bolt 
20  6V-8801  Nut 
28  8T-4183  Bolt 
36  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
8  8T-4244  Nut 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 13/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

20  9B-7237  Bolt 


Thrust Washer

1  8W-2897 

(1)
 
2  9D-3432  Thrust Washer(1) 
20  106-8227  Shim 
6  229-6177  Pad As 
326-3097
Baffle As(2)


113-1218 
Baffle As 

2  031-9831  Bolt 

Table 38
(1)
(2) Use thrust washers if necessary and as required to shim between the body and frame assemblies at outside pivot pin areas to reduce gaps to less than 3 mm (0.12 inch).
Part of the 321-6518 Rear View Mirror Gp

Required Parts for Installation of the 309-1212 Central Lubrication Lines Gp 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


14  5P-9085  Clip 
12  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
12  8T-4191  Bolt 
2  8T-4896  Hard Washer 
2  5M-3062  Bolt 

Table 39

Required Parts for Installation of the 309-1213 Automatic Lubrication Gp 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  5M-3062  Bolt 
2  8T-4896  Hard Washer 
14  5P-9085  Clip 
12  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
12  8T-4191  Bolt 

Table 40

Required Tools for Installation of the 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit (If Equipped) 
Tool  Qty  Part Number  Part Description 
1  FT-1114  Vacuum Cap 
1 5P-0306  Vacuum Transducer 

1 6V-4142  Fitting 
1 5K-5068  Fitting 

Table 41

Required Parts for Installation of 345-8140 Power Train Filter Lines Gp Part of the 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit
(If Equipped) 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


4  8T-4186  Bolts 
4  8T-7934  Hard Washers 
1  327-0361  Manifold 
6  8T-4178  Bolts 
18  8T-4121  Hard Washers 
1  192-3841  Oil Filter Gp 
3  112-3926  Bolts 
3  6V-5841  Hard Washers 
3  373-7132  Spacers 
1  327-0352  Bracket As 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 14/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

3  226-4192  Hard Washers 


4  329-3356  Nuts 
12  8T-4223  Hard Washers 
1  249-7012  Axle Oil Cooler Pump and Motor Gp 
4  3D-2824  O-Ring Seals 
6  6V-9746  O-Ring Seals 
2  6V-9007  Elbows 
1  327-0357  Hose As 
3  323-0049  Clips 
4  8T-4137  Bolts 
2  4J-0527  O-Ring Seals 
1  345-8141  Hose As 
4  1P-4582  Half Flanges 
8  8T-4184  Bolts 
2  4J-0520  O-Ring Seals 
1  345-8143  Hose As 
4  8C-3206  Half Flanges 
8  8T-4196  Bolts 
2  6V-9004  Elbow 
2  3K-0360  O-Ring Seal 
2  6V-9874  Connectors 
1  6V-8637  Connector 
1  327-0358  Hose As 
1  327-0355  Hose As 
1  5P-7854  Clip 
2  5K-9090  O-Ring Seal 
2  7M-8485  O-Ring Seal 
1  6V-9008  Elbow 
1  6V-9005  Elbow 
1  472-6163  Hose As 
1  130-5300  Clip 
2  7K-1181  Cable Straps 
2  228-7093  O-Ring Seals 
2  238-5082  O-Ring Seals 
2  8T-6684  Elbows 
1  228-7088  O-Ring Seal 
1  214-7568  O-Ring Seal 
1  6V-8627  Elbow 
1  6V-5134  O-Ring Seal 
2  113-5304  O-Ring Seal 
1  133-2198  Spring 
1  2S-4078  O-Ring Seal 
1  3T-9549  Adapter 
1  391-7125  Bypass Switch 

Table 42

Required Parts for Installation of 319-1856 Rear Axle Lubrication Lines Gp Part of the 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication
Kit (If Equipped) 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  8T-4172  Bolts 
10  8T-4121(1)  Hard Washers 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 15/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  333-0362  Control Manifold Gp 


6  228-7093(2)  O-Ring Seals 
7  238-5084  O-Ring Seals 
3  6V-8635  Connectors 
1  6V-9008  Elbow 
1  373-2088(3)  Hose and Tube As 
1  371-5876(3)  Tube As 
2  5P-8444(3)  Grommets 
2  5P-7468  Clips 
2  5P-7469  Clips 
2  8T-4196(4)  Bolts 
2  344-5675(5)  Nuts 
1  358-9424  Hose and Tube As 
2  6V-7359  Grommets 
2  5P-7465  Clips 
2  5P-7464  Clips 
3  8T-5005  Bolts 
2  1F-1609  Spacers 
1  4D-7388  Clip 
4  8T-4195  Bolts 
1  379-9732  Hose As 
1  214-7568  O-Ring Seal 
1  228-7088  O-Ring Seal 
1  6V-8641  Connector 
1  342-0704  Hose As 
1  358-9416  Hose As 
1  358-9417  Hose As 
2  8T-7088  Grommets 
2  7G-5984  Clips 
2  7G-5985  Clips 
4  7X-7729  Washers 
2  6V-0826  Grommets 
2  8T-1890  Clips 
2  8T-1889  Clips 
1  189-8772  Spacer 
1  8T-4223  Hard Washers 
1  8T-4192  Bolt 
1  504-1375(6)  Hose As 
1  142-3331 (6)  Bracket As 
2  8T-7087 (6)  Grommets 
1  6V-1581 (6)  Clip 
1  6V-1582 (6)  Clip 
1  8T-4182 (6)  Bolt 

Table 43
(1)
(2) 10 Hard Washers required with 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.9 Hard Washers required with 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.
(3) 6 O-Ring Seals required with 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit .5 O-Ring Seals required with 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit .
(4) Only required with 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit .
(5) 2 Bolts required with 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit1 Bolt required with 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.
(6) 2 Nuts required with 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.1 Nut required with 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.
Only required with 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit.

Required Parts for Installation of 295-5166 Engine Oil Tank and Mounting Gp Part of the 484-0956 Engine Conversion
Ar (If Equipped) 

Qty  Part Number  Description 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 16/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

8  7T-8331  Supports 
8  8T-4910  Bolts 
8  7G-8839  Spacers 
1  327-2477  Engine Oil Tank As 
4  7M-8485  O-Ring Seals 
3  9Y-9236  Sight Gauge 
1  9G-5127  Breather As 
1  6G-9333  Filler Cap 
7  8T-4137  Bolts 
11  8T-4121  Hard Washers 
1  371-1177  Guard As 
1  371-1176  Hose As 
1  110-8827  Fitting 
2  6V-8642  Connectors 
3  7J-9108  O-Ring Seals 
2  2M-9780  O-Ring Seals 
1  8T-6466  Bolt 
4  1S-0994  Clips 
1  6W-6672  Spacer 
1  375-1526  Hose As 
1  134-8297  Bracket As 
2  8T-4136  Bolts 
3  8S-0948  Clips 
1  9G-7101  Spacer 
1  197-7481  Stud 
1  8T-4133  Nut 
1  3D-2824  O-Ring Seal 
1  8T-0404  Elbow 
1  6V-8397  O-Ring Seal 
1  6V-8938  Reducer 
1  6V-8555  Face Seal Nut 
1  333-8391  Hose As 
1  327-2482  Plate 
1  5C-9553  Bolt 
1  9X-8256  Washer 
1  6V-9746  O-Ring Seal 

Table 44

Required Parts for Installation of 310-7632 Oil Renewal System Wiring Gp Part of the 484-0956 Engine Conversion Ar
(If Equipped) 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  2M-9780  O-Ring Seals 
2  172-8660  Liquid Level Switch 
1  340-4391  Indicator Lamp 
1  340-4393  Indicator Lamp 
5  8T-4137  Bolts 
5  8T-4121  Hard Washers 
4  130-5300  Clips 
4  4P-7581  Clips 
1  314-9920  Engine Harness As 
5  7K-1181  Cable Straps 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 17/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  8T-4171  Bolt 
1  9X-8256  Washer 
1  3E-5239  Relay As 

Table 45

Required Parts for Installation of 337-8825 Engine Oil Metering Gp Part of the 484-0956 Engine Conversion Ar (If
Equipped) 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  8T-6466  Bolt 
3  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
1  235-0266  Metering Valve Gp 
1  337-8824  Bracket As 
1  8T-4195  Bolt 
1  8T-4172  Bolt 
1  6V-8398  O-Ring Seal 
1  304-7975  Adapter 
1  112-3102  O-Ring Seal 
1  337-8823  Tube As 
1  234-8937  Integral Seal 
1  337-8821  Plate 
2  5S-7382  Bolts 
2  8T-4896  Hard Washers 
1  3J-1907  O-Ring Seal 
2  4J-5477  O-Ring Seal 
1  6V-8641  Connector 
1  337-8822  Hose As 
1  6V-9849  Elbow 

Table 46

Required Parts to Install the 449-0978 Cover Gp onto the 777G Off-Highway Truck 
Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  449-0972  Bracket As 
1  449-0974  Bracket As 
2  449-0976  Bracket As 
1  449-0977  Cover As 
4  5P-4116  Hard Washer 
4  8T-4189  Bolt 
5  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
1  228-7101  O-Ring Seal 
1  320-3061  Pressure Sensor 
1  446-0464  Wiring Harness 
1  458-3399 Engine Software(1)  Engine Ratings Electronic Software Gp 

Table 47
(1)
Replaces 451-0606 Engine Ratings Electronic Software Gp or earlier software version for 777G

Required Parts for Installing the 377-3154 Monitor Display Ar 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
15  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
1  271-6768  Plate 
1  347-3568  Plate 
1  348-9226  Grommet Assembly 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 18/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  2V-8260  Grommet 
2  347-1668  Camera Gp 
1  4P-8134  Clip 
4  5C-2890  Nut 
1  5P-7468  Clip 
1  5P-7469  Clip 
1  6V-1874  Grommet 
2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
2  8T-4136  Bolt 
1  8T-4183  Bolt 
2  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
1  8T-4244  Nut 
4  9X-8256  Washer 
1  315-5391  Nut 

Table 48

Required Parts to Install the 377-3153 Monitor Display Ar 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
41  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  283-0659  Cable As 
1  305-3747  Plate As 
2  305-3748  Plate As 
2  347-1668  Camera Gp 
1  365-8501  Bracket As 
1  162-9112  Split Grommet 
4  5C-2890  Nut 
1  348-9226  Grommet Assembly 
2  8M-2773  Clip 
27  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
11  8T-4133  Nut 
2  8T-4136  Bolt 
8  8T-4195  Bolt 
6  8T-6466  Bolt 
4  9X-8256  Washer 
1  358-9562  Plate As 
3  8T-4137  Bolt 
1  315-5391  Nut 

Table 49

Required Parts to Install the 377-3152 Object Detection Installation Ar 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
32  8T-9655  Isolation Mount 
16  8T-9658  Spacer 
16  9N-0869  Hard Washer 
2  359-7444  Bracket As 
3  359-7850  Bracket As 
1  360-3919  Bracket As 
2  364-5738  Bracket As 
4  365-8490  Sensor and Mounting 
1  381-4174  Bracket As 
1  392-4618  Plate 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 19/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

4  5C-7261  Nut 
16  5P-4115  Hard Washer 
8  6V-3964  Hard Washer 
16  6V-7357  Bolt 
12  7X-0818  Bolt 
2  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
4  8T-0389  Locknut 
15  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
10  8T-4195  Bolt 
4  8T-4224  Hard Washer 
4  8T-6912  Bolt 
2  4P-7581  Clip 
1  8T-4137  Bolt 
7  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 50

Required Parts for Installation of the 320-5104 Wheel Chock Gp 


Qty  Part Number  Description 
2  7D-7496  Pin As 
2  155-3597  Wheel Chock 
1  336-3744  Bracket As 
1  336-3745  Bracket As 
4  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
4  8T-4195  Bolt 

Table 51

Required Parts for Installation of the Film Gp 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  380-6904  Film 
1  380-6905  Film 
1  380-6906  Film 

Table 52

Required Parts for Installation of the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar 

Qty  Part Number  Description 


2  488-7131(1)(2)(3)  Cartridge As 
2  488-7064(1)(2)(3)  Actuator 
2  488-7089(2)(4)  Cable 
1  290-5562(4)  Mount 
18  7K-1181(4)  Cable Strap 
1  488-7063(2)(4)  Controller As 
4  8T-4136(4)  Bolt 
4  9X-8256(4)  Washer 
1  488-7066(2)(4)  Bracket 
2  8T-4136(4)  Bolt 
2  8T-4121(4)  Hard Washer 
1  488-7065(2)(4)  Actuator As 
1  488-7140(5)  Film 
2  148-8337(1)  Connector As 

Table 53
(1)
(2)
From the 461-6979 Fire Suppression Lines Gp
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 20/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0
( )
(3) Cat part number for reference only. Part is not serviced through the Cat parts system
(4) Part supplied by representative authorized to service the manufacture's system.
(5) From the 486-3730 Front Wiring Gp
From the 497-2244 Film Gp

Required Parts for the Installation of the 507–7284 Bottle Group Washer and Mud Flap Assembly 
Item  Qty  Part Name  Part Description 
1  1  118-6878  Bracket As 
2  1  1S-0994  Clip 
3  1  240-2172  Spout 
4  1  290-5562  Mount 
5  1  343-2388  Clip 
6  1  507-7283  Window Washer Tank Gp 
7  1  550-5932  Cap As 
8  2  5P-4295  Clip 
9  2  5P-9085  Clip 
10  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
11  7  7X-7729  Washer 
12  2  7X-7958  Hose Clamp 
13  1  8L-6990  Clip 
14  5  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
15  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
16  3  8T-4189  Bolt 
17  2  8T-4195  Bolt 
18  3  8T-4224  Hard Washer 
19  2  9X-2488  Hose Clamp 
20  1  476-9273  Bracket 
21  1  467-1101  Bracket 
22  4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
23  12  8T-4956  Bolt 
24  10  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
25  14  8T-4196  Bolt 
26  2  507-1678  Bracket 
27  1  467-5113  Mud Flap 
28  27  cm  8I-1362  Hose 
29  56  cm  9X-2133  Hose 
30  4  8T-0389  Locknut 
31  2  357-0497  Plate 

Table 54

Prepare to Assemble the Machine


Before you unload the chassis and related components, read the information that follows to make the job easier.

Site Layout

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 21/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 2 g03528337
Typical view of the layout for the 777G Off-Highway Truck
View from above the work area

(AA) Chassis


Tires and Rims

(AB) Skid for the


(AC) Skid for the Handrails and Left-Hand Walkway

(AD) Crate for Components


(AE) Skid for the Right-Hand


Platform, Cab Mounting, Stairways, and Exhaust box

(AF) Skid for the Cab


(AG) Skid for the Wheel, Brake, and Front Suspension

(AH) Skid for the Fuel Tank


(AJ) Power Train

1. To assemble the machine, select an area that is smooth, flat, and well drained. An area 25 m (82 ft) wide and 30 m (98 ft) long, is needed for
the assembly of the truck. Place the chassis in the center of the area.

2. The truck chassis should be located in the center of the assembly area. Keep the assembly area around the truck chassis clear. Also, the
assembly area should be left unobstructed in order for the crane to lift the components.

3. The contents of each box should be consumed throughout the progression of the build. Do not unload boxes until the contents are required.

4. Do not open plastic bags of hardware until the contents are required. The plastic bags are marked with the group part number. Individual
components are marked with the component part number and with the group part number. Move each plastic bag of hardware to the chassis
when the corresponding component is installed.

Approximate Weights

Personal injury or death can result from improper lifting or


blocking.

When a hoist or jack is used to lift any part or component, stand


clear of the area. Be sure the hoist or jack has the correct
capacity to lift a component. Install blocks or stands before
performance of any work under a heavy component.

Approximate weights of the components are shown. Clean all


surfaces where parts are to be installed.

The chassis weighs 19879 kg (43827 lb).

The cab assembly weighs 1435 kg (3165 lb).


https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 22/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

The front suspension cylinder weighs 1996 kg (4400 lb).

The rear axle housing and transmission weigh 10605 kg (23380 lb).

The tire and rim assembly weighs 1960 kg (4320 lb).

The standard body and canopy assembly weighs 15851 kg (34945 lb).

Torque Specifications
Tighten the bolts that mount the rear axle assembly to the suspension a-frame to a torque of 1800 ± 200 N·m (1330 ± 150 lb ft).

Tighten the bolts that mount the front suspension cylinder to a torque of 1175 ± 48 N·m (870 ± 35 lb ft).

Tighten the bolts that mount the front steering arm to a torque of 1800 ± 200 N·m (1328 ± 148 lb ft).

Tighten the cab support mounting bolts at the front support to a torque of 800 ± 110 N·m (590 ± 81 lb ft)

Tighten the cab support mounting bolts at the rear support to a torque of 1600 ± 200 N·m (1180 ± 150 lb ft).

Tighten the cab mounting bolts at the front and rear of the cab to a torque of 800 ± 100 N·m (600 ± 75 lb ft).

Tighten the nuts that mount the front wheel rim and rear wheel rim to a torque of 1700 ± 200 N·m (1254 ± 148 lb ft).

Tighten the clamps on the steering tie rods to a torque of 285 N·m (210 lb ft).

Hoist Capacity
Chassis Assembly
When the differential housing is on supports, a hoist with a capacity of 10000 kg (22000 lb) is necessary to lift the chassis at the front lifting point.

When the front frame cross-member is on supports, a hoist with a capacity of 8600 kg (19000 lb) is necessary to lift the chassis at the rear lifting
point.

Assembled Machine Without the Body


When the rear tires are on the ground, a hoist with a capacity of 17000 kg (38000 lb) is necessary to lift the truck at the front lifting point.

When the front tires are on the ground, a hoist with a capacity of 16000 kg (35000 lb) is necessary to lift the truck at the rear lifting points.

Machine Dimensions
General Machine Dimensions 777G 
  Dual Slope  Flat Floor  Coal Body 1  Coal Body 2 
1  Height to Top of ROPS  4730 mm (186.22inch)  4730 mm (186.22inch)  4730 mm (186.22inch)  4730 mm (186.22inch) 
2  Overall Body Length  9830 mm (387.00 inch)  10070 mm (396.46 inch)  10274 mm (404.49 inch)  10445 mm (411.22inch) 
3  Inside Body Length  6580 mm (259.05 inch)  7037 mm (277.05 inch)  7562 mm (297.72 inch)  7734 mm (304.49 inch) 
4  Overall Length  10535 mm (414.76 inch)  10758 mm (423.54 inch)  10968 mm (431.81 inch)  11140 mm (438.58 inch) 
5  Wheel Base  4560 mm (179.53 inch)  4560 mm (179.53 inch)  4560 mm (179.53 inch)  4560 mm (179.53 inch) 
6  Rear Axle to Tail  3062 mm (120.55 inch)  3263 mm (128.46 inch)  3473 mm (136.73 inch)  3644 mm (143.46 inch) 
7  Ground Clearance  896 mm (35.28 inch)  896 mm (35.28 inch)  896 mm (35.28 inch)  896 mm (35.28 inch) 
8  Dump Clearance  965 mm (38.00 inch)  893 mm (35.16 inch)  935 mm (36.81 inch)  821 mm (32.32 inch) 
9  Loading Height - Empty  4380 mm (172.44 inch)  4429 mm (174.37 inch)  4851 mm (190.98 inch)  5321 mm (209.49 inch) 
10  Inside Body Depth - Max  1895 mm (74.61 inch)  1777 mm (69.96 inch)  2223 mm (87.52 inch)  2693 mm (106.02inch) 
11  Overall Height - Body Raised  9953 mm (391.85 inch)  10071 mm (396.50 inch)  10319 mm (406.26 inch)  10319 mm (406.26 inch) 
12  Operating Width  6687 mm (263.27 inch)  6687 mm (263.27 inch)  6706 mm (264.02 inch)  6706 mm (264.02 inch) 
13  CL Front Tire Width  4170 mm (164.17 inch)  4170 mm (164.17 inch)  4170 mm (164.17 inch)  4170 mm (164.17 inch) 
14  Engine Guard Clearance  864 mm (34.02 inch)  864 mm (34.02 inch)  864 mm (34.02 inch)  864 mm (34.02 inch) 
15  Overall Canopy Width  6200 mm (244.09 inch)  6200 mm (244.09 inch)  6404 mm (252.13 inch)  6404 mm (252.13 inch) 
16  Outside Body Width  5524 mm (217.48 inch)  5682 mm (223.70 inch)  6365 mm (250.59 inch)  6368 mm (250.71 inch) 
17  Inside Body Width  5200 mm (204.72 inch)  5450 mm (214.57 inch)  6150 mm (242.13 inch)  6150 mm (242.13 inch) 
18  Front Canopy Height  5200 mm (204.72 inch)  5370 mm (211.42 inch)  5840 mm (229.92 inch)  5840 mm (229.92 inch) 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 23/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

19  Rear Axle Clearance  902 mm (35.51 inch)  902 mm (35.51 inch)  902 mm (35.51 inch)  902 mm (35.51 inch) 
20  CL Rear Dual Tire Width  3576 mm (140.79 inch)  3576 mm (140.79 inch)  3576 mm (140.79 inch)  3576 mm (140.79 inch) 
21  Overall Tire Width  5223 mm (205.63 inch)  5223 mm (205.63 inch)  5223 mm (205.63 inch)  5223 mm (205.63 inch) 

Table 55

Required Tools
When you are instructed, apply 4C-5593 Anti-Seize Compound to threads.

Use a 6V-6080 Torque Multiplier to tighten the components that follow: the steering arm mounting nuts, the ball stud nuts, and the rim
mounting nuts.

Use a 6V-8720 Torque Multiplier to tighten the rear axle housing nuts.

Use a 6V-7915 Torque Wrench with the torque multipliers.

Use a 194-7586 Pneumatic Wrench Gp with a 194-7886 Drive Extension on the bolts that hold the front suspension cylinder to the frame
assembly.

Use an 8H-8548 Extension on the wheel rim mounting nuts.

Use an 8H-8541 Socket on the steering arm mounting nuts.

Use an 8H-8504 Socket on the ball stud nuts.

Use an 9U-6545 Socket on the wheel rim mounting nuts.

Use a 2P-2334 Socket on the bolts that hold the front suspension cylinder to the frame assembly.

Use an 8H-8537 Socket on the cab mounting bolts.

Use a 7H-1680 Compressor Assembly to pump oil to the suspension cylinders.

Use a 6V-4040 Inflation Group to inflate the tires with nitrogen.

Use an 8H-8536 Socket.

Use an 8T-0859 Pressure Gauge on the front suspension cylinders.

Use a 7S-5437 Nitrogen Charging Group to charge the tires and the suspension cylinders.

Use a 8T-5230 Torque Wrench that is regulated by air pressure to obtain a maximum torque of 300 N·m (220 lb ft).

Required Supplies and Required Equipment


Refer to the information that follows to gather supplies and equipment.

Have one 208 L (55 US gal) barrel of hydraulic oil (HYDO).

Obtain 6 barrels of transmission/drive train oil (TDTO). Each barrel should have a capacity of 208 L (55 US gal). Three barrels should contain
SAE 10W oil. Three barrels should contain SAE 30 oil. Ambient temperatures that are extreme may require a different oil viscosity. Refer to
Service Manual, SEBU6250, "Caterpillar Machine Lubricant Recommendations".

Have 20 nitrogen bottles that are "T" size to inflate the tires and charge the suspension cylinders.

Have one portable air compressor. The air compressor should have enough capacity to operate two 25.4 mm (1 inch) impact air guns. The air
compressor should have a minimum capacity of 3 CM (100 CFM).

Have one stepladder that is 1.8 m (6 ft) tall. Have another stepladder that is 3.6 m (12 ft) tall.

Have one lift truck that can lift 4082 kg (9000 lb).

Have another lift truck that can lift 13608 kg (30000 lb).

Have one crane that can lift 36320 kg (80000 lb).

Have at least 12 hardwood blocks that are 101 mm (4.0 inch) tall. The blocks should be 203 mm (8.0 inch) wide. The blocks should be
406 mm (16.0 inch) long.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 24/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Have at least 40 hardwood blocks that are 203 mm (8.0 inch) tall. The blocks should be 203 mm (8.0 inch) wide. The blocks should be
914 mm (36.0 inch) long.

Have at least 30.5 m (100 ft) of rope that is 12.7 mm (0.50 inch) in diameter. When you install the body on the chassis, use the rope to guide
the body into position.

Have several shackles. The shackles should have a working load limit of 27240 kg (60050 lb).

Have cables, chains, and lifting devices that have adequate capacity.

Specifications for Cables, Chains, and Lifting Devices


Use approved cables, chains, and lifting devices to lift components. Refer to the manufacturers literature to determine the application when you
select the items that follow: cable, chain, and lifting devices. When you lift a component, the lift angle is critical. Refer to the Illustration that follows
to see the effect of the lift angle on the working load limit.

Illustration 3 g00629745
Lift angles for lifting slings.
(A) The load capacity is 100%
of the working load limit for the sling.

(B) The load capacity is 86% of the working load limit for the sling.

(C) The load capacity is 70% of the working load limit for the sling.

(D) The load capacity is 50% of the working load limit for the sling.

Tire Inflation Pressure and Mounting


Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "777G Off-Highway Truck" and Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106096, "777G
Off-Highway Truck" for specific information.

Chassis Lifting Points

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 25/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 4 g00785293
Lifting points on the 777G Off-Highway Trucks

Position the Chassis for Assembly

Illustration 5 g00528399
Typical view of wooden supports under the front frame

1. When you remove the chassis from the truck, place supports under the chassis. Place supports at the front of the chassis and place supports
at the rear of the chassis.

2. When you place the supports at the front of the chassis, provide 1117 mm (44 inch) of ground clearance to install the tires.

Illustration 6 g00785311

3. When you place the supports at the rear of the chassis, provide 1092 mm (43 inch) of ground clearance to install the tires.

Flow Chart

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 26/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 7 g03512481

Install the 365-4788 Rear Housing Group, the 315-6272 Transmission


Arrangement, and the 315-3183 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Group
Required Parts for the Installation of the Rear Axle Housing and Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  16  7X-2583  Bolt(1) 
2  16  217-9902  Washer(1) 
3  4  8B-5144  Bolts(2) 
4  1  321-1386  Tube As(3) 
5  1  321-1387  Tube As(3) 
6  1  321-1388  Tube As(3) 
7  1  321-1389  Tube As(3) 
8  4  4J-0528  O-Ring Seal(3) 
9  17  8T-4184  Bolt(3) 
10  33  8T-4223  Hard Washer(3) 
11  16  1P-4582  Half Flange(3) 
12  4  4J-0527  O-Ring Seal(3) 
13  16  8T-8919  Bolt(3) 
14  1  194-7882  Spacer(3) 
15  4  6D-8305  Clamp(3) 
16  1  6V-1867  Clip(3) 
17  1  6V-1868  Clip(3) 
18  1  6V-1869  Grommet(3) 
19  2  8T-4122  Hard Washer(3) 
20  2  8T-4779  Bolt(3) 
21  1  6V-1249  Grommet(4) 
22  1  9C-4937  Breather As(5) 
23  1  7D-6282  Hose As(5) 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 27/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

24  1  5K-9660  Clip(5) 


25  1  6V-4248  Bolt(5) 
26  1  8T-7934  Hard Washer(5) 
27  2  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 56
(1)
(2) Part of the 365-4802 Axle Housing Support Gp
(3) Bolts attached to the drive shaft in a bag
(4) Part of the 315-3183 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Gp
(5) Part of the 310-7615 Chassis Wiring Gp
Part of the 365-4788 Rear Housing

Illustration 8 g02907336
(A) Bolts

(B) Hard washer

(C) Guard

1. Remove nine bolts (A) and nine washers (B) that secure guard (C). Remove guard (C) and retain hardware.

Illustration 9 g01374244
Typical view

(D) Drive shaft

2. Remove the attached bag of parts from drive shaft (D). Retain four bolts (3) contained in the bag.

3. Remove the straps that secure the suspension A-frame and the rear suspension cylinders.

4. Remove wood block from inside tube that supports drive shaft.

Illustration 10 g00785332

5. Remove the paint from the rear axle assembly. Clean the mounting areas on the rear axle assembly.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 28/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 11 g06180564

6. Remove paint from the suspension a-frame mounting surfaces and bolt hole spot faces. Clean the mounting areas and bolt hole spot faces
on the suspension A-frame.

Illustration 12 g06476782
(E) Nut

(F) Washer

(G) Bolt

(H) Pin

7. Remove the following components from the rear suspension cylinders: two nuts (E), four washers (F), two bolts (G) and two pins (H). Retain
all hardware.

8. Remove any paint or debris from two pins (H).

Illustration 13 g06476796
(J) Nut

(K) Hard
washer

(L) Soft washer


(M) Bolt

(N) Pin

9. Remove the following components from the right-hand rear of the chassis: nut (J), hard washer (K), two washers (L), bolt (M) and pin (N).
Retain all hardware.

10. Remove any paint or debris from pin (N).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 29/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 14 g02907596
View from the rear of the machine

11. Remove the wire ties from the hoses for the final drives and the transmission.

Illustration 15 g06181000
Typical view rear axle housing

NOTICE
Do not crush the hoses or do not pinch the hoses that are
located in the rear of the chassis.

12. Place a suitable lifting device under the rear axle assembly or use a crane to lift the rear axle assembly. Lift the rear axle assembly to the
frame. The weight of the rear axle assembly is 10605 kg (23380 lb).

Illustration 16 g06476810
View from the rear of the machine
(J) Nut

(K) Hard
washer

(L) Soft washer


(M) Bolt

(N) Pin


rod
(P) Control
Note: Grease pin (N) with 4C-5593 Thread Lubricant before reassembling.

13. Align control rod (P) with the frame. Install the following components to control rod (P) and to the frame: pin (N), nut (J), hard washers (K),
two washers (L) and bolt (M).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 30/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 17 g02907676
(1) Bolt

(2) Washer

Note: Ensure that the paint has been removed from the 16 bolt holes on the A-frame.

14. Install 16 bolts (1) and 32 washers (2). Bolts (1) will secure the rear axle assembly to the suspension A-frame.
Note: Tighten bolts (1) with an impact wrench. Do not torque bolts (1) at this time.

15. Align the rear suspension cylinders with the rear axle housing.

Illustration 18 g06476846
(E) Nut

(F) Washer

(K) Hard washer

(G) Bolt

(N) Pin

16. Install pins (N) to the rear axle housing and to the rear suspension cylinders.
Note: Lubricate pins (N) with Tooling 4C-5593 Thread Lubricant (BB) before installation.

17. Install the following components to the rear suspension cylinder and to the rear axle housing: two nuts (E), four washers (F), two hard
washers (K) and two bolts (G).

18. Repeat Step 15 through Step 17 for the other rear suspension cylinder.

Illustration 19 g02907676
(1) Bolt

(2) Washer

19. Torque bolts (1) that secure the rear axle assembly to the suspension a-frame. Tighten bolts (1) to a torque of 1800 ± 200 N·m
(1330 ± 150 lb ft).
Note: Use a 6V-6080 Torque Multiplier Gp to reach the correct torque.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 31/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 20 g06476854
View from the rear of the machine
(M) Bolt

(P) Control rod

20. Tighten bolt (M) to secure control rod (P).

21. Clean any paint, dirt, rust, grease, or debris from the mounting surfaces and threaded holes of the drive shaft slip joint and the transmission
yoke.

Illustration 21 g01379795
Typical view

(D) Drive shaft

(3) Bolt

22. Align drive shaft (D) to the transmission. Install four bolts (3) to secure the drive shaft to the transmission. Tighten bolts (3) to a torque of
270 ± 15 N·m (200 ± 11 lb ft).
Note: Bolts (3) are located in the bag of parts that was removed in Step 2.

Illustration 22 g02907876
(A) Bolt

(B) Washer

(C) Guard

23. Reinstall guard (C) to the frame with nine bolts (A) and nine washers (B) that were removed in Step 1.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 32/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 23 g06181389
View of A arm and support bar

24. Remove the support bracket along with the four bolts and four washers that secured the suspension a-arm to the chassis. Discard the bracket
and reinstall hardware back onto the chassis and a-frame.

25. Repeat Step 24 for the opposite side of the machine.

26. Slowly lower the rear axle assembly. Remove the lifting device from the rear axle assembly.

Illustration 24 g01283568
Typical view

27. Remove the four nuts and the four washers that secure the plate to the wheel. Remove the plate from the wheel. Reinstall the four nuts and
washers once the plate has been removed. Repeat the procedure for the other wheel.

Install the Brake Oil Cooler Lines


Note: Lubricate the O-ring seals with the fluid being sealed.

Illustration 25 g01167162
Typical view of final drive

1. Remove the shipping caps from the final drives.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 33/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 26 g02908093
Tubes for the left-hand brake oil cooler
(6) Tube assembly

(7) Tube assembly


(8) O-ring seal


(9) Bolt

(10) Hard
washer

(11) Half flange

2. Install O-ring seal (8) in the end of tube (7).

3. Use the following components to secure tube (7) to the top port of the final drive four bolts (9), four hard washers (10), and two half flanges
(11).
Note: Install tube (7) before installing tube (6).

4. Install O-ring seal (8) in the end of tube (6).

5. Secure tube (6) to the bottom port of the final drive using four bolts (9), four hard washers (10), and two half flanges (11).

Illustration 27 g02908136
Typical view of clipping under the frame
(15) Clip

(19) Hard
washer

(20) Bolt

6. Secure tube assembly (6) and tube assembly (7) to the support A-frame using two clips (15), hard washer (19), and bolt (20).

Illustration 28 g02908276
Tubes for the right-hand brake oil cooler
(4) Tube assembly

(5) Tube assembly

(8) O-ring seal


(9) Bolt

(10) Hard
washer

(11) Half flange

7. Install O-ring seal (8) in the end of tube (4).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 34/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

8. Secure tube (4) to the top port of the final drive using four bolts (9), four hard washers (10), and two half flanges (11).
Note: Install tube (4) before installing tube (5).

9. Install O-ring seal (8) in the end of tube (5).

10. Secure tube (5) to the bottom port of the final drive using four bolts (9), four hard washers (10), and two half flanges (11).

Illustration 29 g02908136
Typical view of clipping under the frame
(15) Clip

(19) Hard washer

(20) Bolt

11. Secure tube assembly (4) and tube assembly (5) to the support A-frame using two clips (15), hard washer (19), and bolt (20).

Illustration 30 g06181483
View looking forward

12. Remove the shipping caps from hose assembly (R), hose assembly (S), hose assembly (T), and hose assembly (U).

Illustration 31 g06181619
Tubes for the right-hand side brake oil cooling
(S) Hose assembly

(4) Tube assembly

(10) Hard washer

(11) Half flange

(12) O-ring seal

(13) Bolt

13. Secure tube assembly (4) to hose assembly (S) using two half flanges (11), one O-ring seal (12), four hard washers (10), and four bolts (13).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 35/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 32 g06181636
Tubes for the right-hand side brake oil cooling
(U) Hose assembly

(5) Tube assembly

(10) Hard washer

(11) Half flange

(12) O-ring seal

(13) Bolt

14. Secure tube assembly (5) to hose assembly (U) using two half flanges (11), one O-ring seal (12), four hard washers (10), and four bolts (13).
Note: Hose assembly (U) is attached to the hydraulic tank at the factory.

Illustration 33 g06181672
Tubes for the left-hand brake oil cooling
(R) Hose assembly

(T) Hose assembly

(6) Tube assembly

(7) Tube assembly

(10) Hard washer

(11) Half flange

(12) O-ring seal

(13) Bolt

Note: Hose assembly (T) is attached to the hydraulic tank at the factory.

15. Secure tube assembly (6) to hose assembly (R) using two half flanges (11), one O-ring seal (12), four hard washers (10), and four bolts (13).

16. Secure tube assembly (7) to hose assembly (T) using two half flanges (11), one O-ring seal (12), four hard washers (10), and four bolts (13).

Install the Breather Assembly

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 36/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 34 g02911757
View of left-hand side rear housing gp
(22) Breather assembly

(23) Hose assembly


(24) Clip

(25) Bolt

(26) Hard
washer

1. Install breather assembly (22) onto hose assembly (23). Attach hose assembly to the rear housing group and secure breather assembly to
the frame using clip (24), hard washer (26), and bolt (25).

Install the Electrical Connection

Illustration 35 g02912816
(V) Harness assembly

(W) Harness assembly

(X) Clip

(21) Grommet

1. Install grommet (21) onto harness assembly (V).

2. Position harness assembly (V) to existing harness assembly (W) and secure using existing clip (X).

Install Rear Slack Adjuster Hoses Assemblies

Illustration 36 g02926076
(AB) Hose assembly

(AC) Hose assembly

(AD) Tee assembly


(AE) Tee assembly

Note: Hose assembly (AB) and hose assembly (AC) are installed at the factory.

1. Connect hose assembly (AB) onto tee assembly (AE).

2. Connect hose assembly (AC) onto tee assembly (AD).

Secure Speed Sensor to Tube (If equipped with traction control)

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 37/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 37 g06182049
View of the rear housing assembly
(27) Cable strap

1. Position the mount on the speed sensor and secure the mount with existing cable strap. Secure the speed sensor to the tube assembly using
cable strap (27).

2. Repeat Step 1 for the speed sensor on the opposite side.

Connect the 309-1346 Power Train Oil Lines Group


Required Parts for the Installation of the 309-1346 Power Train Oil Lines Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  1  150-4043  Connector As 
2  2  173-1437  Half Flange 
3  4  1P-4579  Half Flange 
4  4  1P-4582  Half Flange 
5  1  198-0143  Elbow As 
6  1  4J-0522  O-Ring Seal 
7  2  4J-0524  O-Ring Seal 
8  2  4J-0527  O-Ring Seal 
9  1  9X-8250  Clip 
10  12  8T-4183  Bolt 
11  21  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
12  3  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
13  4  8T-6868  Bolt 
14  4  8T-8919  Bolt 
15  1  5P-7468  Clip 
16  1  5P-7469  Clip 
17  2  7X-2544  Bolt 
18  2  6D-6668  Spacer 
19  2  6V-0545  Grommet 
20  1  5P-7466(1)  Clip 
21  1  5P-7467(1)  Clip 
22  1  5P-8112(1)  Grommet 
23  2  7X-7729(1)  Hard Washer 
24  1  6V-1869  Grommet 
25  1  6V-1867  Clip 
26  1  6V-1868  Clip 

Table 57
(1)
Part of the 309-1352 Service Brake Control Gp

Note: Lubricate the O-ring seals with the fluid being sealed.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 38/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 38 g06182111
(A) Hose assembly

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

1. Remove the cable straps from hose assembly (A), hose assembly (B), hose assembly (C), and hose assembly (D).

Illustration 39 g06182125
View of the left-hand side of the transmission arrangement
(B) Hose assembly

(E) Tube assembly


(2) Half flange


(6) O-ring seal

(10) Bolt

(11) Hard washer

2. Connect hose assembly (B) to existing tube assembly (E) using O-ring seal (6), two half flanges (2), four hard washers (11), and four bolts
(10).

Illustration 40 g03676217
View of the front side of the transmission arrangement
(A) Hose assembly

(1) Connector assembly

(5) Elbow assembly


(9) Clip

3. Install connector assembly (1), and elbow assembly (5) to the transmission.

4. Connect hose assembly (A) to elbow assembly (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 39/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

5. Secure hose assembly (A) onto the transmission using clip (9).

Illustration 41 g02913324
View of the right-hand side of the transmission arrangement
(F) Shipping cover

(G) Shipping cover

6. Remove shipping cover F and shipping cover (G) from the transmission.

Illustration 42 g02913456
View of right-hand side
(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

Illustration 43 g06182141
View of the right-hand side of the transmission arrangement
(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(3) Half flange

(7) O-ring seal

(10) Bolt

(11) Hard washer

(13) Bolt

7. Install hose assembly (D) onto the transmission using O-ring seal (7), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (11), and four bolts (10).

8. Install hose assembly (C) onto the transmission using O-ring seal (7), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (11), and four bolts (13).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 40/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 44 g06477393
View of right-hand side
(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(12) Hard washer

(15) Clip

(16) Clip

(17) Bolt

(18) Spacer

(19) Grommet

(24) Grommet

(25) Clip

(26) Clip

9. Secure hose assembly (C) and hose assembly (D) with 1 grommet (19), one clip (15), one clip (16.), one spacer (18), two bolts (17), two hard
washers (12), 1 grommet (24), 1 clip (25), and one clip (26).

Illustration 45 g06183095
(H) Hose assembly

10. Remove cover plate from hose assembly (H).

Illustration 46 g03676257
View of the bottom front side of the transmission arrangement
(H) Hose assembly

(4) Half flange

(8) O-ring seal

(11) Hard washer

(14) Bolt

11. Remove the shipping cover from the lower right-hand side of the transmission.

12. Secure hose assembly (H) onto transmission using O-ring seal (8), two half flanges (4), four hard washers (11), and four bolts (14).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 41/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 47 g06183105
View of the rear left-hand side
(N) Hose assembly

(P) Strap

(R) Tee adapter

(17) Bolt

(18) Nut

(20) Clip

(21) Clip

(22) Grommet

(23) Hard washer

13. Connect hose assembly (N) onto tee adapter (R). Secure hose assembly (N) to strap (P) using grommet (22), clip (20), clip (21), two hard
washers (23), bolt (17), nut (18).

Connect the Hose Assemblies to the 340-9997 Rear Axle Lubrication Arrangement
(If Equipped)

Illustration 48 g03058497
View of the pump for the rear axle lubrication
(M) Pump

1. Remove the three caps on the pump. Refer to Illustration 48.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 42/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 49 g03058458
View of the hose assemblies and the pump for the rear axle lubrication
(J) Hose assembly

(K) Hose assembly

(L) Hose assembly


(M) Pump

2. Connect existing hose assembly (J), hose assembly (K), and hose assembly (L) to pump (M).

Install the Suspension Cylinders from the 310-8206 Front Suspension


Group (non-EU part number) or from the 310-8207 Front Suspension
Group (EU part number) and Install the Steering Arms from the 310-8211
Steering Link Group
Required Parts for Installation of the Front Suspension Cylinders 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


335-6352(1)

1  2  Front Suspension Gp 


335-6351(2) 

2  2  9D-2498  Key 
3  28  6C-3218  Bolt 
4  28  329-3710  Nut 
5  56  329-3699  Hard Washer 
6  8  282-0882  Hard Washer 
7  8  299-7351  Bolt 

Table 58
(1)
(2) Non-EU part number
EU part number

Note: Refer to Special Instruction, REHS4445, "Servicing the Suspension Cylinders for Off-Highway Trucks" for any information concerning
suspension cylinders. The Special Instruction includes Tooling, pressures, and the correct procedures for purging (oil and nitrogen) and charging
(oil and nitrogen).

Illustration 50 g02915179
Shipping skid

1. Remove the shipping brackets from the front suspension cylinders.

NOTICE
DO NOT allow the steering arm assembly to hang unsupported,
stressing the ball studs. Support the steering arm assembly
with suitable tooling.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 43/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 51 g06183435

2. Place the appropriate number of blocks under the steering linkage group to prevent the steering linkage group from falling when the shipping
bracket is removed.

3. Remove the shipping bracket from the frame. Retain bolts, hard washers, and nuts.

4. Remove the paint from mating surfaces and bolt hole spot faces. Clean the mating surfaces and bolt hole spot faces. Remove any burrs from
the mating surfaces and bolt hole spot faces. Make sure that mating surfaces are smooth.

NOTICE
DO NOT hang bearing cap by the lubrication line.

Illustration 52 g02915560
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

(C) Shims

(D) Bearing
cap

5. Remove four mounting bolts (A), eight hard washers (B), bearing cap (D), and shims (C).

6. Clean the bearing cap (D).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 44/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 53 g06183501
View of the front right-hand side
(2) Key

7. Install one key (2). Align the key to allow the bolts through the bolt holes.

Illustration 54 g02915636
(AA) Strut lifting group

(1) Front suspension group

8. Use Tooling (AA) to position front suspension group (1) on the truck frame. Align the charging valve for the suspension cylinder toward the
front of the machine. The weight of front suspension group (1) is 1996 kg (4400 lb).
Note: The weight of front suspension group (1) includes the weight of the spindle and the weight of the wheel.

Illustration 55 g03319724
(1) Front suspension group

(3) Bolt

(4) Nut

(5) Hard
washer

9. Use the following components to secure front suspension group (1) on the frame: 16 bolts (3), 16 nuts (4) and 32 hard washers (5), and two
bolts, four hard washers, and two nuts retained in Step 9.

10. Tighten 16 bolts (3) to a torque of 1175 ± 48 N·m (870 ± 35 lb ft).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 45/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 56 g02915903
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

(C) Shims

(D) Bearing
cap

(1) Front suspension group

11. Install bearing cap (D) to front suspension group (1). Fit the required number of shims (C) behind bearing cap (D) to eliminate any gap. Install
four bolts (A) and eight washers (B). Repeat the procedure for the other suspension cylinder.
Note: Install with lock ring in the down position.

Illustration 57 g06183539
View of the front right-hand side
(E) Grease line

(F) Grease line


(1) Suspension
cylinder

12. Connect grease lines (E) and (F) to suspension cylinder (1). Repeat the procedure for the other suspension cylinder.

Illustration 58 g03319727
(G) Sensor

13. Remove the tie straps and the plastic securing sensor (G) to the harness assembly.
Note: Sensor (G) is shipped connected to the harness assembly on both sides of the machine as shown in Illustration 58.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 46/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 59 g02916157
View of the front right-hand side
(G) Sensor

14. Connect sensor (G) ensure that 3J-1907 O-Ring Seal is installed. Repeat for the other suspension cylinder.

15. Clean the mating surface for the steering arm on the spindle. Remove any burrs from the mating surface. Repeat the procedure for the other
suspension cylinder.

Illustration 60 g03676311
(H) Steering arm

(6) Hard washer


(7) Bolt

Note: Before you install the steering arm (H), make sure that the mating surfaces are clean.

16. Secure steering arm (H) the spindle of each front suspension cylinder using four bolts (7) and four hard washers (6). Tighten four bolts (7) to
a torque of 1800 ± 200 N·m (1325 ± 150 lb ft). Repeat the procedure for the other side.
Note: To prevent damage to the ball studs, support the steering cylinders during assembly. Do not allow the rods to fall out of the steering
cylinders.

Installation of the Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines and the Front Service Brake
Lines
Note: The 309-1339 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Gp is part of the 349-4812 Hydraulic Ar. The 309-1337 Brake Lines Gp is also part of the 349-4812
Hydraulic Ar.

Required Parts for Installation of the Front Oil Cooler Lines Group and Front Brake Lines Group 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  381-3168(1)  Hose As 
2  2  381-3169(1)  Hose As 
3  8  1P-4582(1)  Half Flange 
4  6  4J-0527(1)  O-Ring Seal 
5  16  8T-4183(1)  Bolt 
6  2  4J-0524(1)  O-Ring Seal 
7  16  8T-4223(1)  Hard Washer 
8  1  260-9219  Connector As 
9  1  349–8519  Connector As 

Table 59
(1)
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 47/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0
( )
Part of the 309-1339 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines Gp

Procedure for the Left-Hand Side

Illustration 61 g02955797
View of the left-hand brake
(E) Service brake pressure
tap

(F) Parking brake pressure tap

Note: Inspect the left brake to ensure that service brake pressure tap (E) and parking brake pressure tap (F) are located as shown before
installing hose assembly (1) and hose assembly (2) to the brakes.

1. Remove and discard shipping covers and hardware.

Illustration 62 g06478263
View of the front left-hand brake
(1) Hose assembly

(2) Hose assembly

Note: Hose assemblies (1) and (2) are installed on the truck at the factory.

Illustration 63 g06183944

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 48/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of the front left-hand brake


(1) Hose assembly

(2) Hose assembly


(3) Half flange


(4) O-ring seal

(5) Bolt

(7) Hard
washer

2. Install hose assembly (1) to the brakes with O-ring seal (4), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (7), and four bolts (5).

3. Install hose assembly (2) to the brakes with O-ring seal (4), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (7), and four bolts (5).

Illustration 64 g06478305
View of left-hand brake

(G) Brake wear indicator

4. Remove the plugs from the wheel


Note: Inspect left brake to ensure that brake wear indicator (G) is installed as shown in Illustration 64.

Illustration 65 g06184100
View of the left-hand side
(H) Hose assembly

(J) Hose assembly


(8) Connector assembly

(9) Connector assembly

5. Install connector assembly (9) into port marked "P" and install connector assembly (8) into port marked "S" on the brakes. Tighten the
assemblies to 140 ± 21 N·m (103 ± 16 lb ft).
Note: Use a little hydraulic fluid to lubricate the O-ring seals on both elbow assemblies before installing.

6. Install hose assembly (H) onto connector assembly (8) and install hose assembly (J) onto connector assembly (9). Tighten the hose swivel
nuts to 65 ± 10 N·m (48 ± 7 lb ft).

Procedure for the Right-Hand Side


Note: Lubricate the O-ring seals with the fluid being sealed.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 49/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 66 g06184434
View of the right-hand side
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

(C) Half flange


(D) Half flange

1. Remove and discard shipping covers and hardware.

Illustration 67 g06184577
View of the right-hand brake
(1) Hose assembly

(2) Hose assembly

(3) Half flange


(4) O-ring seal

(5) Bolt

(6) O-ring seal

(7) Hard washer

Illustration 68 g06184507
View of the underside of right-hand brake
(E) Service brake pressure tap

(F) Parking brake pressure tap

(G) Brake wear indicator

Note: Inspect the right brake to ensure that service brake pressure tap (E) and parking brake pressure tap (F) are located as shown before
installing hose assembly (1) and hose assembly (2) to the brakes.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 50/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Note: Inspect right brake to ensure that brake wear indicator (G) is installed as shown in Illustration 68.

2. Install hose assembly (1) to the brakes with O-ring seal (4), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (7), and four bolts (5).

3. Install hose assembly (2) to the brakes with O-ring seal (4), two half flanges (3), four hard washers (7), and four bolts (5).

Illustration 69 g06478351
View of the right-hand brake

4. Remove the plugs from the wheel

Illustration 70 g06184599
View of the right-hand side
(K) Hose assembly

(L) Hose assembly

(8) Connector assembly

(9) Connector assembly

5. Install connector assembly (9) into port marked "P" and install Connector assembly (8) into port marked "S" on the brakes. Tighten the
assemblies to 140 ± 21 N·m (103 ± 16 lb ft).
Note: Use hydraulic fluid to lubricate the O-rings on both elbow assemblies before installing.

6. Install hose assembly (K) onto connector assembly (8) and install hose assembly (L) onto connector assembly (9). Tighten the hose swivel
nuts to 65 ± 10 N·m (48 ± 7 lb ft).

Install the Fuel Tank


The required parts for installation of the fuel tank are part of the 500-3854 Fuel Tank Mounting Gp.

Required Parts for Installation of the Fuel Tank 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


312-0924  Fuel Tank As(1) 
1  1 
312-0926 Fuel Tank As(2)
2  1  381-6900  Bracket As 
3  4  8T-4193  Bolt 
4  4  198-4780  Hard Washer 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 51/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

5  2  6G-5294  Cap 
6  4  8T-4187  Bolt 
7  6  8T-4123  Washer 
8  4  8X-5299  Mounting 
9  2  8C-8478  Bolt 
10  2  9D-9438  Washer 
11  2  8T-4131  Nut 

Table 60
(1)
(2) 1140 L (300 US gal)
1325 L (350 US gal)

Illustration 71 g03105377
Typical view of fuel tank
(1) Fuel tank

1. Remove the paint from the mating surfaces and clean the mating surfaces on the fuel tank. Remove any burrs that are present.

2. Remove the paint from the mating surfaces and clean the mating surfaces on the machine. Remove any burrs that are present.

Illustration 72 g06029324
(2) 381-6900 Bracket As

(3) 8T-4193 Bolt


(4) 198-4780 Hard


Washer

3. Secure bracket assembly (2) to the frame by using four bolts (3) and four hard washers (4).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 52/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 73 g06184863
Typical view

4. Use a suitable lifting device to position fuel tank assembly (1). Position fuel tank assembly (1) on the right side of the truck.
Note: 312-0924 Fuel Tank As weighs 425 kg (940 lb).

Note: 312-0926 Fuel Tank As weighs 500 kg (1110 lb).

Illustration 74 g06029312
Typical view
(1) Fuel tank
assembly

(5) 6G-5294 Cap


(6) 8T-4187 Bolt


(7) 8T-4123 Washer

Note: Ensure to center fuel tank assembly (1) on the mounts before securing.

5. Secure the fuel tank to the frame by using two caps (5), four bolts (6), and four hard washers (7). Tighten the bolts.

Illustration 75 g06029337
Typical view
(1) Fuel tank
assembly

(2) 381-6900 Bracket As


(7) 8T-4123 Washer


(8) 8X-5299 Mounting

(9) 8C-8478 Bolt


(10) 9D-9438 Washer

(11) 8T-4131 Nut

6. Position two mountings (8) on each side of bracket assembly (2).


Secure the fuel tank to bracket assembly (2) by using four mountings (8), two bolts (9), two washers (10), two washers (7), and two nuts (11).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 53/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 76 g02919140
Typical view

7. Connect the fuel line (G) and fuel line (H) to the outlets on the back of the fuel tank. Attach hose (H) from the primary fuel filter to the outlet
that has the shutoff valve.

Illustration 77 g02919178
Typical view

8. Route harness (J) to the top of fuel tank and connect to existing harness.

Connect the 384-9671 Hose Assembly Part of the 309-1323 Service Center Group
Which is Part of the 441-3118 Service Center Arrangement or the 441-3119 Service
Center Arrangement (If Equipped)

Illustration 78 g03105640
View of the back side of the fuel tank
(K) Half flange

(L) Bolt

(M) Hard
washer

(N) Cover

1. Remove two half flanges (K). Retain bolts (L), hard washers (M), and half flanges (K).

2. Remove and discard cover (N).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 54/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 79 g03105776
View of the back side of the fuel tank
(P) Valve assembly

Illustration 80 g03105844
View of the back side of the fuel tank
(K) Half flange

(L) Bolts

(M) Hard washer

(P) Valve assembly

(R) Hose assembly

3. Connect hose assembly (R) to valve assembly (P) using two half flanges (K), four bolts (L), and four hard washers (M) that were retained in
Step 1.

Installation of the 312–0850 Ladder Group


Required Parts for Installation of the 312-0850 Ladder Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  358-6840  Step Gp 

Table 61

Illustration 81 g01375627
Right-hand bumper

1. Remove four bolts (A) and four washers (B).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 55/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 82 g02919838

2. Position ladder (1) to the frame and reinstall four washers (B) and four bolts (A) that were removed in Step 1. Tighten the bolts. Repeat this
procedure for the other side.

Install the 311-8209 Cab Mounting Group , and the 343-8791 Cab
Mounting Group
Required Parts for Installation of the Cab Mounts and the Cab 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  311-7760  Support As 
2  1  311-7761  Support As 
3  8  173-9684  Bolt 
4  8  198-4782  Hard Washer 
5  10  7X-2583  Bolt 
6  10  198-4783  Hard Washer 
7  1  343-6060  Sleeve 
8  8  117-8131  Mount As 
9  1  152-0604  Bolt 
10  4  252-0080  Washer 
11  4  343-6059  Sleeve 
12  4  8T-0674  Bolt 
13  4  8T-4195  Bolt 
14  4  7X-7729  Washer 
15  4  240-2261  Pin As 
16  1  8T-4137(1)  Bolt 
17  1  8T-4121(1)  Hard Washer 
18  4  310-2582  Washer 

Table 62
(1)
Part of the 310-7614 Chassis Wiring Gp

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 56/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 83 g02920097

1. Attach a suitable lifting device to the plate with the lifting eye. The approximate weight of the plate is 40 kg (90 lb).Remove the mounting
bolts, washers, and plate from the front support mounting surface. Discard the bolts, washers, and the plate. These parts will not be used
again.

2. Remove the paint or grease from the mounting surfaces of the cab supports and the mating surfaces on the chassis. Clean the mounting
surfaces of the cab supports and the mating surfaces on the chassis. Remove any burrs that are present.

Illustration 84 g02920136
(2) Support assembly

(3) Bolt

(4) Hard
washer

3. Attach a suitable lifting device to support assembly (2). Position support assembly (2) to the chassis. Use eight bolts (3) and eight hard
washers (4) to secure support assembly (2) on the chassis. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 800 ± 110 N·m (590± 80 lb ft). The weight of
support assembly (2) is 148 kg (325 lb).
Note: When you install the cab support, do not use the bolts that secured the lifting eye.

Illustration 85 g02920256
(1) Support assembly

(5) Bolt

(6) Hard
washer

4. Attach a suitable lifting device to support assembly (1). Position support assembly (1) to the chassis. Use ten bolts (5) and ten hard washers
(6) to secure support assembly (1) on the chassis. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 1600 ± 200 N·m (1180 ± 150 lb ft). The weight of support
(2) is 230 kg (500 lb).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 57/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 86 g06478536

5. Install two washers (18) and two mount assemblies (8) on support assembly (2), on the front cab mount of the chassis. Install two mount
assemblies (8) and two washers (18) on the rear cab support assembly (1).

Illustration 87 g06437218
View of cab lift points

6. Install suitable lifting devices to the cab. Use the lifting points on the cab to raise the cab. Align the cab to the cab mounting assemblies on
the frame. The approximate weight of the cab is 875 kg (1930 lb).

Illustration 88 g06478892
(8) Mount

(10) Washer

(11) Sleeve

(12) Bolt

(18) Washer

7. Slowly lower the cab assembly over washers (18) and two mounts (8) installed onto the frame earlier.

8. With the cab still suspended, assemble one washer (10), one mount (8), and one sleeve (11) onto bolt (12). Apply Loc-tite to the bolt and
insert from the bottom of the support plate through upper mount (8), washer (18) into the right front boss on the underside of the cab.
Note: Only hand tighten bolt (12), the rest of the cab bolts may need some alignment space.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 58/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

9. Repeat the above procedure to secure the left front and left rear cab mounts.

Illustration 89 g06478992
Right rear cab mount
(7) Sleeve

10. Assemble one washer (10), one mount (8), one sleeve (7) onto bolt (9). Apply Loc-Tite to bolt (9) and insert up through mount (8) and washer
(18) into the boss on the underside of the cab to secure the cab on the right rear cab mount on the chassis.

11. Tighten all four bolts to a torque of 800 ± 110 N·m (590± 80 lb ft)
Note: If machine was assembled in cold conditions −10° C (14° F) or below, inspect the mounts in four places under the cab for proper
installation torque of 800 ± 110 N·m (590± 80 lb ft). If the mounts are not seated properly or the torque is low, replace the hardware and
mounts and torque to 800 ± 110 N·m (590± 80 lb ft). The mounts should be stored at −10° C (14° F) or above for at least 24 hours prior to
installation.

Illustration 90 g06479306
View of front left cab pin
(13) Bolt

(14) Hard washer

(15) Pin assembly

12. Install cab pin retainer bolts (13), washers (14), with cab pin assemblies (15) at four corner locations. Tighten the bolts.

Illustration 91 g03005476
View of the right-hand side of the cab
(A) Ground cable

(16) Bolt

(17) Hard washer

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 59/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

13. Secure ground cable (A) onto the frame using hard washer (17) and bolt (16).

Install the Fittings for 571–2050 Service Brake Control Group


Required Parts for Installation of the Fittings for the 571-2050 Brake Control Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  238-5080  O-Ring Seal 
2  1  8T-0077  Connector 
3  1  319-6240  Connector As 
4  1  319-6226  Elbow As 
5  1  3G-8057  Clip 
6  1  3G-8054  Clip 
7  1  3G-8047  Grommet 
8  1  6D-4246  Clip 
9  2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
10  2  8T-4196  Bolt 

Table 63

Note: Lubricate the O-ring seals with the fluid being sealed.

Illustration 92 g02925518

1. Remove all plugs from brake control valve (A) that is on the bottom of the cab. Discard all plugs.

Illustration 93 g06427568
(A) Brake control valve

(1) O-ring seal


(2) Connector

(3) Connector
assembly

(4) Elbow assembly

2. Install elbow assembly (4), connector assembly (3), connector (2) and O-ring seal (1) to brake control valve (A).

Install the 309-1352 Service Brake Control Group Lines

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 60/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 94 g06428569
(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(1) Elbow assembly

(2) Connector assembly

(3) Connector

1. Connect hose assembly (B) to elbow assembly (1).

2. Connect hose assembly (C) to connector assembly (2).

3. Connect hose assembly (D) to connector (3).

Illustration 95 g06430339
View of clips and grommet for securing the 309-1352 Service Brake Control Gp
(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(5) Clip

(6) Clip

(7) Grommet

(8) Clip

(9) Hard
washer

(10) Bolt

4. Secure grommet (7) around hoses (B) and (C).

5. Secure clip (8) around hose (D). Refer to Illustration for orientation

6. Connect clip (5) and clip (6) around grommet (7).


Refer to Illustration for orientation

7. Secure clips containing the hoses to mounting block (E) using two bolts (10) and two washers (9).

Installation of the 571–1573 Steering Lines Group


Required Parts for Installation of the Steering Lines Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  281-5982  Connector As 
2  2  377-9616  Connector As 
3  1  319-6222  Elbow As 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 61/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

4  2  1F-7854  Spacer 
5  2  281-5619  Rod 
6  2  7G-5985  Clip 
7  2  7G-5984  Clip 
8  2  6V-1876  Grommet 
9  1  5P-7462  Clip 
10  1  5P-7463  Clip 
11  1  6V-0683  Grommet 
12  2  344-5675  Nut 
13  2  7X-7729  Washer 

Table 64

Note: Lubricate the O-ring seals with the fluid being sealed.

Illustration 96 g06429264
View from under the cab towards the front

1. Remove all plugs from the hand metering unit that is under the front of the cab. Discard all plugs.

Illustration 97 g06429733
(1) 281-5982 Connector As

(2) 377-9616 Connector As

(3) 319-6222 Elbow As

Note: Elbow (3)along with steering hose (A) (not shown here)are installed at the factory

2. Install two connector assemblies (1), two connector assemblies (2) to the hand metering unit (HMU).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 62/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 98 g06430984
Right-hand front side of the chassis
(A) Hose assembly

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(E) Hose assembly


(1) Connector assembly

(2) Connector assembly

(3) Elbow assembly

Note: Hose assembly (A) and elbow assembly (3) are installed at the factory.

3. Connect hose assembly (C) to connector assembly (2) at the bottom rear of the hand metering unit (HMU).

4. Connect hose assembly (E) to elbow assembly (1) at the top rear of the hand metering unit (HMU).

5. Connect hose assembly (D) to connector assembly (2) at the top front of the hand metering unit (HMU).

6. Connect hose assembly (B) to connector assembly (1) at the bottom front of the hand metering unit (HMU).

Install the 421–3194 Exhaust Pipe Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for Installation of the Exhaust Pipe Group 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  421-3194  Exhaust Pipe Gp 
2  6  7X-2563  Bolt 
3  6  8T-5439  Hard Washer 
4  1  357-2923(1)  Tube 
5  2  4N-9330(1)  Clamp 
6  4  5P-8245(1)  Hard Washer 
7  2  6V-3823(1)  Bolt 
8  2  6V-7687(1)  Locknut 

Table 65
(1)
Part of the 357-2930 Exhaust Lines Gp

Illustration 99 g01169363

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 63/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Typical view

1. Remove four bolts, four washers, and one cover plate. Discard all parts.

2. Remove the paint from the mating surfaces. Clean the mating surfaces. Remove any burrs that are present.

Illustration 100 g02921438


(A) Exhaust lines group

(4) Tube

(5) Clamp

(6) Hard washer

(7) Bolt

(8) Locknut

3. Install tube (10) onto exhaust lines group (A). Secure tube (4) onto exhaust lines group (A) with clamp (5), two hard washers (6), bolt (7), and
locknut (8).

Illustration 101 g02922876


(1) Exhaust pipe group

(2) Bolt

(3) Hard
washer

(4) Tube

(5) Clamp

(6) Hard washer

(7) Bolt

(8) Locknut

4. Install clamp (5), two hard washers (6), bolt (7), and locknut (8) to the end of tube (4). Do not tighten.

5. Use a suitable lifting device to the exhaust pipe group (1). The weight of exhaust pipe group (1) is 100 kg (220 lb).

6. Use six bolts (2) and six hard washers (3) to secure exhaust pipe group (1) to the truck. Secure clamp (5) to the slotted end of exhaust pipe
group (1).

7. Tighten bolts (7) on two clamps (5).

Installation of the 241–3194 Muffler Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for the Installation of the 295-5186 Muffler Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 64/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  4  283-1578  Hard Washer 


2  1  327-2486  Tube 
3  1  327-2499  Bracket As 
4  1  342-8714  Plate As 
5  1  357-2917  Strap 
6  8  5P-8245  Hard Washer 
7  4  6V-3823  Bolt 
8  4  6V-7687  Locknut 
9  4  7X-2563  Bolt 
10  1  357-2923(1)  Tube 
11  2  4N-9330(1)  Clamp 

Table 66
(1)
Part of the 357-2930 Exhaust Lines Gp

Illustration 102 g01169363


Typical view

1. Remove four bolts, four washers, and one cover plate. Discard all parts.

2. Remove the paint from the mating surfaces. Clean the mating surfaces. Remove any burrs that are present.

Illustration 103 g02923097


(A) Exhaust lines group

(10) Tube

(11) Clamp

(6) Hard washer

(7) Bolt

(8) Locknut

3. Install tube (10) onto exhaust lines group (A). Secure tube (4) onto exhaust lines group (A) with clamp (11), two hard washers (6), bolt (7),
and locknut (8).

Installation of the 467–1102 Platform (RH)


Required Parts for Installation of the 467–1102 Platform (Right-Hand) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  467-1102  Platform 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 65/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Table 67

Illustration 104 g02923797


View of right-hand side
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard washer

1. Remove eight bolts (A) and eight hard washers (B). Remove the paint from the mating surfaces. Clean the mating surfaces. Remove any
burrs that are present.

Illustration 105 g02923979

2. Attach suitable lifting device to right-hand platform (1). The approximate weight of right-hand platform (1) is 175 kg (385 lb).

3. Install platform group (1).

Illustration 106 g02924019


View of rear mounting bolts
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard washer

4. Secure platform group (1) with four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B) at the rear of the platform.

Illustration 107 g02924037

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 66/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of front platform mounting bolts


(A) Bolt

(B) Hard washer

5. Secure platform group (1) with four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B) at the front of the platform.

Illustration 108 g02997084


View under the right-hand platform

6. Install plug (C) into the receptacle.

Installation of the 453–1009 Walkway Group (LH)


Required Parts for Installation of the 453–1009 Walkway Group (Left-Hand) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  453-1009  Walkway Gp 

Table 68

Illustration 109 g06432939


(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

1. Remove eight bolts (A) and eight hard washers (B). Remove the paint from the mating surfaces. Clean the mating surfaces. Remove any
burrs that are present.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 67/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 110 g02926496


View of left-hand walkway group

2. Remove both guards under walkway group (1) to have access to the mounting area. Retain the guards and the hardware.

Illustration 111 g06437327

3. Attach a suitable lifting device to walkway group (1). The approximate weight of walkway group is 180 kg (400 lb).

4. Install walkway group (1).

Illustration 112 g02926539

5. Secure walkway group (1) with four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B) at the rear of walkway group (1).

Illustration 113 g02926537

6. Secure walkway group (1) with four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B) at the front of walkway group (1).

Install the 358-9520 Fender Assembly (Which is Part of the 461–6944


Fender Group)
Required Parts for the Installation of the Fender Assembly 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  1  358-9520  Fender As 
2  2  319-5435  Plate 
3  2  341-9454  Plate 
4  4  8T-4196  Bolt 
5  8  7X-7729  Washer 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 68/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

6  4  8T-0389  Locknut 
7  1  341-9502  Plate As 

Table 69

Install the Right-Hand Side Fender Assembly

Illustration 114 g02924256


View of the front right-hand side
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

1. Remove six bolts (A) and six hard washers (B). Retain the hardware.

Illustration 115 g06483305


View of right front of the machine
(7) Plate assembly

2. Install 341-9502 Plate As (7) using two retained bolts (A) and two washers (B) that were removed previously.

Illustration 116 g02924296


(1) 358-9520 Fender As

3. Attach a suitable lifting device to fender assembly (1). The approximate weight of fender assembly (1) is 25 kg (55 lb).

4. Install fender assembly (1).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 69/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

5. Secure fender assembly (1) reusing four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B).

Illustration 117 g06483343


View of upper flap mounting

6. Install mud flap (E) between plate (7) and fender assembly (1) and secure using two bolts (4) and two washers (5).

Illustration 118 g02928442


Front right-hand side
(C) Bolt

(D) Hard washer

7. Remove two bolts (C) and two hard washers (D). Retain the hardware

Illustration 119 g06483359


Front right-hand side
(E) Guard assembly

(3) Plate

(C) bolt

(D) washer

8. Position guard assembly (E) with the bottom edge of the platform assembly. Secure the guard assembly (E) between plate assembly (3) and
the platform assembly using two bolts (C) and two washers (D) retained early.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 70/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 120 g02997223


View under the right-hand side fender assembly
(AA) Harness assembly

(AB) Signal lamp

(1) Fender assembly

9. Connect harness assembly (AA) to signal lamp (AB) on the under side of fender assembly (1).

Install the 473-1432 Platform Assembly Which is part of the 461-6942 Platform
Group
Required Parts for Installation of the 473-1432 Platform As 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  357-4691  Support As 
2  1  467-6107  Platform As (LH) 

Table 70

Illustration 121 g02928237


View of right-hand front

1. Remove four bolts (A) and four washers (B) from the right-hand platform.

Illustration 122 g02928277


View of right-hand front

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 71/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

2. Attach a suitable lifting device to support assembly (1). The approximate weight of support assembly (1) is 32 kg (7 lb).

3. Install support assembly (1).

4. Secure support assembly (1) using four bolts (A) and four hard washers (B).

Illustration 123 g02930119


View of the front left-hand side

5. Remove six bolts (C) and six hard washers (D) from the left-hand walkway and the support assembly.

Illustration 124 g06437328

6. Attach a suitable lifting device to platform assembly (2). The approximate weight of platform assembly (2) is 71 kg (157 lb).

7. Install platform assembly (2).

8. Secure platform assembly (2) using six bolts (C) and six hard washers (D).

Install the 312-0910 Ladder Group (Step)


Required Parts for Installation of the 312-0910 Ladder Gp (Step) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  358-6679  Step As 
2  2  7T-8332  Mount 
3  8  7X-0590  Hard Washer 
4  4  8T-4183  Bolt 
5  2  8T-4244  Nut 
6  2  8T-4648  Bolt 

Table 71

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 72/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 125 g02930279


View of the front right-hand side
(1) Step assembly

1. Attach a suitable lifting device to step assembly (1). The approximate weight of step assembly (1) is 60 kg (132 lb).

2. Install step assembly (1).

Illustration 126 g02930325


View of the front right-hand side
(3) Hard washer

(4) Bolt

3. Secure step assembly (1) at the top using four bolts (4) and four hard washers (3).

Illustration 127 g02930336


View of the front right-hand side
(1) Step assembly

(2) Mount

(3) Hard washer

(5) Nut

(6) Bolt

4. Secure step assembly (1) at the bottom using two mounts (2), two bolts (6) four hard washers (3), and two nuts (5).

Installing the 491–6943 Ladder Group


Required Parts for Installation of the 491-6943 Ladder Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  491-6711  Step As 
2  2  7T-8332  Mount 
3  8  7X-0590  Hard Washer 
4  4  8T-4184  Bolt 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 73/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

5  2  8T-4244  Nut 
6  2  8T-4910  Bolt 

Table 72

Illustration 128 g02930516

1. Attach a suitable lifting device to step assembly (1). The approximate weight of step assembly (1) is 55 kg (122 lb).

2. Install step assembly (1).

Illustration 129 g02930697


View of the front left-hand side
(1) Step assembly

(3) Hard washer


(4) Bolt

3. Secure step assembly (1) at the top using four bolts (4) and four hard washers (3).

Illustration 130 g02930858


View of the front left-hand side
(1) Step assembly

(2) Mount

(3) Hard washer

(5) Nut

(6) Bolt

4. Secure step assembly (1) at the bottom using two mounts (2), two bolts (6) four hard washers (3), and two nuts (5).

Installing the 310-7621 Platform Wiring Group


Required parts for Installation of the 310-7621 Platform Wiring Gp 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 74/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  271-2178  Toggle Switch 
2  1  3E-5169  Toggle Switch (Guard) 
3  1  353-4515  Toggle Switch Gp 
4  2  8T-4137  Bolt 
5  2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
6  2  8Y-8606  Grommet 
7  9  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
8  3  130-5300  Clip 
9  1  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
10  1  271-4532  Film 
11  1  281-7268  Film 

Table 73

Illustration 131 g02997618


View of the front left-hand side
(A) Wiring harness

1. Remove the bags and cable straps that secure the wiring harnesses (A).

Illustration 132 g06271580


View of the front left-hand side ladder
(A) Harness

(6) 8Y-8606 Grommet

(7) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

2. Route wiring harness (A) down the underside of the left-hand side ladder using cable straps (7) to secure harness at the mounting points.

3. Push the three branch wiring breakout through the access hole near the bottom of the ladder and secure in place with one grommet (6).
Secure the remaining harness breakout receptacle with one cable strap (7).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 75/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 133 g06271581


Front view of left-hand side steps
(A) Harness

(7) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

4. Route harness (A) toward the outer plate of the ladder. Secure next harness breakout receptacle with one cable strap (7).

Illustration 134 g06271586


View of left-hand side stair
(3) 353-4515 Toggle Switch
Gp

(10) 271-4532 Film

5. Install one film (10) over the left mounting hole in the ladder plate making sure the hole in the film lines up with the hole in the plate.

6. Mount one toggle switch (3) through the left mounting hole in the ladder plate, making sure to pass through the center hole in film (10). Use
the mounting nut supplied with toggle switch (3) to secure toggle switch (3) in position

Illustration 135 g06271611


View of left-hand side stair
(1) 271-2178 Toggle Switch

(2) 3E-5169 Switch Guard


(3) 353-4515 Toggle Switch


Gp

(11) 281-7268 Film

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 76/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

7. Mount one toggle switch (1) and one switch guard (2) into the mounting location to the right of toggle switch (3) using the supplied mounting
nut.

8. Place one film (11) directly above toggle switch (1).

Illustration 136 g06271626


View of the front of the left-side ladder
(A) Harness

(1) 271-2178 Toggle Switch

(3) 353-4515 Toggle Switch Gp

(7) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

9. Connect Toggle switch (1) and toggle switch (3) onto the open receptacles of Harness (A) and secure to the ladder assembly using two cable
straps (7).

Illustration 137 g02997797


View underneath the left-hand platform assembly
(C) Guard

10. Remove guard (C) from the left-hand platform assembly. Retain guard (C) and the mounting hardware.

Illustration 138 g06271652

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 77/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of the left-hand side


(A) Harness assembly

(7) Cable strap

11. Route section of harness assembly (A) under the support assembly and through the existing hole in the rubber guard. If equipped with four
cameras, route harness with harness (A).

12. Secure harness assembly (A) in five locations using five cable straps (7).

13. Connect harness assembly (A) to harness assembly (F) coming from the lights on the side the cowling assembly.

14. Secure harness assembly (A) and harness assembly (F) using clip (8), hard washer (5), bolt (4), and cable strap (7).

15. Secure harness assembly (A) and harness assembly (G) using two cable straps (7).

Illustration 139 g06271660


View of the left-hand side under the platform assembly
(D) Harness assembly

(E) Signal lamp

(7) Cable strap

16. Remove the bags and cable straps that secure the wiring harnesses (D).

17. Route harness assembly (D) along the inside of the left-hand platform assembly over to harness assembly (A).

18. Secure harness assembly (D) using three cable straps (7). Secure at the locations indicated by the arrows in Illustration 139 and Illustration
140.

19. Connect signal lamp (E) to harness assembly (D).

Illustration 140 g06271662


View of the left-hand side under the platform assembly
(A) Harness assembly

(D) Harness assembly

(4) Bolt

(5) Hard washer

(7) Cable strap

(8) Clip

20. Connect harness assembly (D) to harness assembly (A).

21. Secure harness assembly (D) and harness assembly (A) using three clips (8), one hard washer (5), one bolt (4), and four cable straps (7).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 78/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Install the 507–7284 Bottle Group-Washer and Mud Flap Assembly


Required Parts for the Installation of the 507–7284 Bottle Group Washer and Mud Flap Assembly 
Item  Qty  Part Name  Part Description 
1  1  118-6878  Bracket As 
2  1  1S-0994  Clip 
3  1  240-2172  Spout 
4  1  290-5562  Mount 
5  1  343-2388  Clip 
6  1  507-7283  Window Washer Tank Gp 
7  1  550-5932  Cap As 
8  2  5P-4295  Clip 
9  2  5P-9085  Clip 
10  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
11  7  7X-7729  Washer 
12  2  7X-7958  Hose Clamp 
13  1  8L-6990  Clip 
14  5  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
15  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
16  3  8T-4189  Bolt 
17  2  8T-4195  Bolt 
18  3  8T-4224  Hard Washer 
19  2  9X-2488  Hose Clamp 
20  1  476-9273  Bracket 
21  1  467-1101  Bracket 
22  4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
23  12  8T-4956  Bolt 
24  10  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
25  14  8T-4196  Bolt 
26  2  507-1678  Bracket 
27  1  467-5113  Mud Flap 
28  27  cm  8I-1362  Hose 
29  56  cm  9X-2133  Hose 
30  4  8T-0389  Locknut 
31  2  357-0497  Plate 

Table 74

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 79/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 141 g06481209


Rear view of brackets and mud flap assembly
(11) Washer

(20) Bracket assembly

(21) Bracket assembly

(25) Bolt

(27) Mud
Flap

1. Attach bracket assembly (20) and (21) to mud flap (27) using two bolts (25) and two washers (11).

Illustration 142 g06481908


View of the front of the cab
(20) Bracket assembly

(21) Bracket assembly


(25) Bolt

(22) Washer

2. Mount bracket assemblies (20) and (21) to the mounting blocks on the frame using four bolts (), and four washers ().

Illustration 143 g06481592


View of the front of the cab
(6) Water Bottle assembly

(20) Bracket assembly


(21) Bracket assembly

(25) Bolts

(24) Washer

(26) Brackets

3. Mount the water bottle assembly (6) onto bracket assemblies (20) and (21) using two brackets (26), two bolts (23), and two washers (24).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 80/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 144 g06481989


View of washer tube on front of the cab
(A) Window washer tube

(9) Clip

(14) Washer

(15) Bolt

(21) Bracket Assembly

4. Locate washer tube (A) already installed on the machine.

5. Route washer tube (A) down towards the washer pump and install the washer tube onto the outlet tube near the bottom of the washer pump.

6. Secure washer tube (A) to bracket assembly (21) using two clips (9), two washers (14), and two bolts (15).

Illustration 145 g06482498


View of spout assembly
(3) Spout

(7) Cap assembly

7. Install cap assembly (7) to the threaded end of spout (3).


Note: Be sure that the cap assembly (7) retaining chain slides inside of spout (3).

Illustration 146 g06482540


View of hose assembly
(3) Spout

(6) water bottle assembly

(12) Clamp

(20) Bracket assembly

(28) Hose

8. Connect hose (28) and spout (3) using one clamp (12).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 81/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

9. Insert hose (28) through the hole in bracket assembly (20) and connect to the inlet on water bottle assembly (6) using one clamp (12).

Illustration 147 g06482849


View of vent hose assemblies

10. Assemble two vent hoses (29) onto the two outlets on top of water bottle assembly (6) securing vent hoses (29) with two clamps (19).

11. Attach bracket assembly (1) to the boss on top of the frame using one bolt (15) and one washer (14)

12. Assemble one clip (8) onto each vent hose (29) and secure to bracket assemble (1) using one bolt (17) and one hard washer (11).

Illustration 148 g06482917


View of front left-hand side
(27) Mud guard

(25) Bolt

(11) Washer

Illustration 149 g06482930


View of front left-hand side
(27) Guard

(31) Plate

(25) Bolt

(11) Washer

(30) Locknut

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 82/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

13. Secure mud guard (27) onto support group using two plates (31), four bolts (25), eight washers (11), and four locknuts (30).

Installing the 312-0840 Handrail Group


Required Parts for Installation of the 312-0840 Handrail Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  354-6976  Handrail As 
2  1  356-8508  Handrail As 
3  1  357-2120  Handrail As 
4  1  357-2130  Handrail As 
5  1  357-2140  Handrail As 
6  1  358-7891  Handrail As 
7  1  358-7893  Handrail As 
8  1  438-6313  Handrail As 
9  1  438-6314  Handrail As 
10  1  358-7896  Handrail As 
11  6  198-4778  Hard Washer 
12  6  7X-3392  Hard Washer 
13  6  8T-4956  Bolt 
14  8  115-3580(1)  Plate 
15  16  5P-7468(1)  Clip 
16  16  5P-7469(1)  Clip 
17  16  6V-1874(1)  Grommet 
18  38  7X-3392(1)  Hard Washer 
19  14  8T-4121(1)  Hard Washer 
20  24  8T-4139(1)  Bolt 
21  16  8T-4183(1)  Bolt 
22  10  8T-4195(1)  Bolt 
23  32  8T-4223(1)  Hard Washer 
24  16  8T-4244(1)  Nut 
25  1  512-5281  Bracket As 
26  1  512-5279  Bracket 

Table 75
(1)
Part of the 312-0840 Handrail Gp

Illustration 150 g02932439


View of the left-hand platform
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

(C) Bolt

(D) Hard washer

(E) Bolt

(F) Hard
washer

1. Remove four bolts (A), four hard washers (B), four bolts (C), four hard washers (D), four bolts (E), and four hard washers (F). Retain parts.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 83/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 151 g06480264


View of the left-hand platform
(A) Bolt

(B) Hard
washer

(C) Bolt

(D) Hard
washer

(E) Bolt

(F) Hard washer

(9) Handrail assembly

(25) Bracket assembly

2. Attach a suitable lifting device to handrail assembly (9). The approximate weight of handrail assembly (9) is 45 kg (100 lb).

3. Install handrail assembly (9) and bracket assembly (25) using four bolts (A), four hard washers (B), four bolts (C), four hard washers (D), four
bolts (E), and four hard washers (F) previously removed.

Illustration 152 g06437723


View of the left-hand platform
(2) Handrail assembly

(18) Hard washer


(20) Bolt

4. Install handrail assembly (2).

5. Secure handrail assembly (2) using six bolts (20) and six hard washers (18).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 84/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 153 g06437850


View of the front left-hand side
(10) Handrail assembly

(18) Hard washer


(20) Bolt

6. Install handrail assembly (10).

7. Secure handrail assembly (10) using four bolts (20) and four hard washers (18).

Illustration 154 g02933677


Front view of the machine
(G) Bolt

(H) Hard washer

8. Remove ten bolts (G) and ten hard washers (H). Retain parts.

Illustration 155 g02933456


View of the front
(G) Bolt

(H) Hard
washer

(1) Handrail assembly

(7) Handrail assembly

9. Install handrail assemblies (1).

10. Secure handrail assemblies (1) using four bolts (G) and four hard washers (H).

11. Attach a suitable lifting device to handrail assembly (7). The approximate weight of handrail assembly (7) is 25 kg (55 lb).

12. Install handrail assembly (7).

13. Secure handrail assembly (7) using six bolts (G) and six hard washers (H).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 85/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 156 g02934504


View for the front right-hand side
(3) Handrail assembly

(18) Hard washer


(20) Bolt

14. Install handrail assembly (3).

15. Secure handrail assembly (3) using four bolts (20) and four hard washers (18).

Illustration 157 g02934698


View of the front right-hand side
(4) Handrail assembly

(18) Hard washer


(20) Bolt

16. Install handrail assembly (4).

17. Secure handrail assembly (4) using four bolts (20) and four hard washers (18).

Illustration 158 g02935016


View of right-hand side platform
(J) Bolt

(K) Hard
washer

(L) Bolt

(M) Hard washer

18. Remove four bolts (J), four hard washers (K), four bolts (L), and four hard washers (M). Retain parts.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 86/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 159 g06480413


View of right-hand side platform
(8) Handrail assembly

(26) Bracket assembly

(J) Bolt

(K) Hard
washer

(L) Bolt

(M) Hard washer

19. Attach a suitable lifting device to handrail assembly (8). The approximate weight of handrail assembly (8) is 40 kg (90 lb).

20. Install handrail assembly (8) and bracket assembly (26).

21. Secure handrail assembly (8) and bracket assembly (26) using four bolts (J), four hard washers (K), four bolts (L), and four hard washers (M),

Illustration 160 g02935219


View of right-hand side platform
(5) Handrail assembly

(19) Hard washer


(22) Bolt

22. Install handrail assembly (5).

23. Secure handrail assembly (5) using four bolts (22) and four hard washers (19).

Illustration 161 g02935258

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 87/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of right-hand side


(6) Handrail assembly

(19) Hard washer


(22) Bolt

24. Attach a suitable lifting device to handrail assembly (6). The approximate weight of handrail assembly (6) is 25 kg (55 lb).

25. Install handrail assembly (6).

26. Secure handrail assembly (6) using six bolts (22) and six hard washers (19).

Illustration 162 g06536243


View of left-hand side
(14) Plate

(15) Clip

(16) Clip

(17) Grommet

(21) Bolt

(23) Hard
washer

(24) Nut

Note: Install plate (14) on the outside of the handrail assemblies. Orient the hardware to prevent a hazard or pinch point.

27. Install two grommets (17), two clips (15), two clips (16), two bolts (21), four hard washers (23), and two nuts (24) in three locations.

Illustration 163 g06536300


View of right-hand side
(14) Plate

(15) Clip

(16) Clip

(17) Grommet

(21) Bolt

(23) Hard
washer

(24) Nut

28. Install two grommets (17), two clips (15), two clips (16), two bolts (21), four hard washers (23), and two nuts (24) in five locations. Refer to
Illustration 163.

Connect the 546–3447 Chassis Harness Assembly to the Cab


Required Parts for Installation of the 347-5894 Chassis Harness As 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  2  8R-0721  Spacer 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 88/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

2  1  341-6647  Plate As 


3  5  204-8000  Cable Tie Mounting 
4  7  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
5  5  8T-4136  Bolt 
6  2  8T-4185  Bolt 
7  1  8T-4197  Bolt 
8  1  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
9  5  204-2281  Cable Strap 

Table 76

Illustration 164 g06536888


View of rear of cab showing harness.
(A) Plate

(B) Harness
assembly

1. Uncoil the harness assembly (B) mounted on the back of the cab under plate (A).

Illustration 165 g06439240


View of the right-hand side under the cab
(B) Chassis harness assembly

(1) Spacer

(2) Plate assembly

(4) Hard washer


(6) Bolt

2. Install plate assembly (2) using two spacers (1), two bolts (6), and two hard washers (4).

3. Route chassis harness assembly (B) behind plate assembly (2) and up between the cab and the support assembly.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 89/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 166 g06439259


Typical view of cab harness connection
(B) Chassis harness

4. Install chassis harness assembly (B) to the receptacles on the back side of the cab.
Note: The openings for the electrical plugs are not marked. However, each connector only fits into one plug.

Note: Harness assembly (B) may come already connected to the Cab assembly from the factory

Illustration 167 g06439657


View of the right-hand side behind the cab
(A) Plate

(B) Chassis
harness assembly

(2) Plate assembly


(3) Clip

(4) Hard
washer

(5) Bolt

(9) Cable strap

5. Secure chassis harness assembly (B) using five clips (3), five bolts (5), five hard washers (4) and five cable straps (9) in the locations
indicated by the arrows.

6. Re-install plate (A).

Install the 351-8950 Payload Monitor Gp Which is part of the 503–0238


Wiring Group (If Equipped)
Required Parts for the Installation of the 351-8950 Payload Monitor Gp Which is part of the 503-0238 Monitor Wiring
Gp (If Equipped) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  351-8950  Payload Monitor Gp 
2  1  351-8952  Mounting Bracket As 
3  1  357-6649  Plate 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 90/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

4  1  150-5931  Grommet 
5  6  198-4778  Hard Washer 
6  2  7X-7729  Washer 
7  4  8T-4136  Bolt 
8  6  8T-4139  Bolt 
9  6  8T-4194  Bolt 
10  2  8T-4195  Bolt 
11  10  8T-4223  Hard Washer 

Table 77

Illustration 168 g06374498

Illustration 169 g06374492


View of the switches on the back of payload monitoring group (1) (right-hand side)

1. Remove and retain the back cover of payload monitoring group (1).
For ton settings, set the switches on payload monitoring group (1) according to Table 78.

For metric tonne settings, set the switches on payload monitoring group (1) according to Table 79.

Once set, secure the retained cover back onto payload monitoring group (1).

Tons 
Right-Hand Side Payload Monitoring Group 
Switch  Position 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 91/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  OFF 
2  OFF 
3  Unused 
4  Unused 
5  Unused 
6  Unused 
7  OFF 
8  ON 
9  OFF 
10  OFF 

Table 78

Metric Tonnes 
Right-Hand Side Payload Monitoring Group 
Switch  Position 
1  OFF 
2  OFF 
3  Unused 
4  Unused 
5  Unused 
6  Unused 
7  OFF 
8  OFF 
9  OFF 
10  OFF 

Table 79

2. Use a suitable lifting device to position payload monitor group (1) onto the right-hand platform. The approximate weight of payload monitor
group (1) is 25 kg (55 lb).

3. Install payload monitor group (1) onto platform using six hard washers (11) and six bolts (8).

4. Connect existing wiring harness into the back of payload monitor group (1).

Illustration 170 g06497262


View of the left-hand side catwalk assembly
(B) Catwalk assembly

(4) Grommet

5. Install grommet (4) onto catwalk assembly (B).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 92/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 171 g06374498

Illustration 172 g06374448


View of the switches on the back of payload monitoring group (1) (left-hand side)

6. Remove and retain the back cover of payload monitoring group (1).
For ton settings, set the switches on payload monitoring group (1) according to Table 80.

For metric tonne settings, set the switches on payload monitoring group (1) according to Table 81.

Once set, secure the retained cover back onto payload monitoring group (1).

Tons 
Left-Hand (Cab) Side Payload Monitoring Group 
Switch  Position 
1  OFF 
2  OFF 
3  Unused 
4  Unused 
5  Unused 
6  Unused 
7  OFF 
8  ON 
9  ON 
10  ON 

Table 80

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 93/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Metric Tonnes 
Left-Hand (Cab) Side Payload Monitoring Group 
Switch  Position 
1  OFF 
2  OFF 
3  Unused 
4  Unused 
5  Unused 
6  Unused 
7  OFF 
8  OFF 
9  ON 
10  ON 

Table 81

Illustration 173 g06535513


View of the left-hand side catwalk assembly without the radar mounting bracket
(1) Payload monitor group

7. Use a suitable lifting device to position payload monitor group (1) and, if equipped, the radar mounting bracket onto the left-hand catwalk
assembly. The approximate weight of payload monitor group (1) is 25 kg (55 lb).

8. Connect existing wiring harness into the back of payload monitor group (1).

Illustration 174 g03102763


View of the underside of the left-hand side catwalk
(1) Payload monitor group

(5) Hard washer


(9) Bolt

9. Secure payload monitor group (1) to catwalk assembly using four hard washers (5) and four bolts (9).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 94/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 175 g03102861


View of the underside of the left-hand side catwalk
(3) Plate

(5) Hard washer

(6) Washer

(9) Bolt

(10) Bolt

10. Install plate (3). Secure plate (3) using two hard washers (5), two bolts (9), two washers (6), and two bolts (10).

Install the 354-8040 Mirror Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for Installation of the 354-8040 Mirror Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  12  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  1  7X-7468  Convex Mirror 
3  2  133-6934  Spacer 
4  6  134-0989  Block 
5  2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
6  1  295-8899  Plate 
7  1  478-0059  Tube As 
8  2  478-0060  Tube As 
9  1  129-3180  Locknut 
10  1  221-9264  Rear View Mirror Gp 
11  1  3K-6060  Locknut 
12  3  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
13  1  5P-7468  Clip 
14  1  5P-7469  Clip 
15  1  6V-1874  Grommet 
16  18  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
17  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
18  12  8T-4182  Bolt 
19  1  8T-4183  Bolt 
20  2  8T-4185  Bolt 
21  1  352-3964  Clip 
22  4  4P-7581  Clip 

Table 82

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 95/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 176 g06484076


(4) Block

(7) Tube assembly

(16) Hard washer


(18) Bolt

1. Secure tube assembly (7) onto left-hand side hand railing using two blocks (4), four washers (16), and four bolts (18).

Illustration 177 g06485088


View of the left-hand side handrail assembly
(1) Strap-cable

(3) Spacers

(7) Tube assembly

(10) Mirror group


(16) Hard washer

(20) Bolt

2. Secure mirror group (10) onto tube assembly (7) with two spacers (3), two bolts (20), and two hard washers (16).

3. Fasten the harness from mirror group (10) to tube assembly (7) using two strap-cables (1).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 96/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 178 g06485375


View of the left-hand side handrail assembly
(D) Harness assembly

(1) Cable strap


(21) Clip-ladder

(22) Clip ladder

4. Route harness assembly (D) up the handrail group to the harness for the mirror group.

5. Attach clip-ladders (21) and (22) using the existing hardware on the bottom mounting block for the mirror group.

6. Secure harness assembly (D) in six locations using six cable straps (1).

Illustration 179 g06485433


View of handrail assemblies in front of the cab
(6) Plate

(9) Locknut

(12) Hard washer

(13) Clip

(14) Clip

(15) Grommet

(19) Bolt

Illustration 180 g06485444


View of front mirror
(2) Convex mirror

(6) Plate

(11) Locknut

(12) Hard washer

7. Secure convex mirror (2) onto front handrail assembly using three hard washers (12), locknut (11), locknut (9), grommet (15), clip (13), clip
(14), bolt (19) and plate (6). Tighten locknut (11) to a torque of 25 ± 5 N·m (221 ± 44 lb in).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 97/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 181 g06485724


Right side mirror mounts
(4) Block

(8) Tube assembly

(16) Hard washer


(18) Bolt

8. Install tube assemblies (8) onto right handrail assembly. Secure tube assemblies (8) onto the handrail assembly using four blocks (4), eight
bolts (18), and eight hard washers (16).

Illustration 182 g06485750


View of right side mirror groups
(5) Mirror assembly

(8) Tube assemblies


(16) Hard washers


(18) Bolt

9. Install mirror groups (5) onto tube assemblies (8) using four bolts (18) and four hard washers (16).

Illustration 183 g06485787


Few of mirror wiring route

(E) Mirror harness assembly

(1) Strap-cable

(5) Mirror assembly

(22) clip-ladder

10. Route harness assembly (E) up the handrail group to mirror group (5).
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 98/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

11. Secure harness assembly (E) with four cable straps (1) and three clip ladders (22) using the existing hardware..

Install the 336-4450 Mirror Gp


Required Parts for the Installation of the 336-4450 Mirror Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  2  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  2  133-6934  Spacer 
3  8  134-0989  Block 
4  2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
5  2  329-7328  Convex Mirror 
6  1  358-6015  Tube As 
7  1  358-6020  Tube As 
8  1  478-0059  Tube As 
9  2  478-0060  Tube As 
10  4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
11  1  221-9264  Rear View Mirror Gp 
12  4  7X-7729  Washer 
13  10  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
14  4  8F-8398  Clamp 
15  22  8T-0389  Locknut 
16  38  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
17  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
18  12  8T-4182  Bolt 
19  4  8T-4184  Bolt 
20  2  8T-4185  Bolt 
21  2  8T-4186  Bolt 
22  1  8T-4195  Bolt 

Table 83

Illustration 184 g06484076


.Left side handrail
(8) Tube assembly

(3) Block

(16) Hard
washer

(18) Bolt

1. Install tube (8) onto the left side hand rail using two blocks (3), four hard washers (16) and four bolts (18).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%252070… 99/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 185 g06484104


View of the left-hand side handrail assembly
(1) Strap

(2) Spacer

(8) Tube assembly

(11) Mirror group


(16) Hard washer

(20) Bolt

2. Secure mirror group (11) onto tube assembly (8) using two spacers (2), two bolts (16), two hard washers (20).

3. Connect the mirror group harness assembly to tube (7) using two straps (1).

Illustration 186 g06531295


View of the front left-hand side
(5) Convex mirror

(6) Tube assembly

(13) U-Bolt

(15) Locknut

(16) Hard washer

4. Install convex mirror (5) onto tube assembly (6). Tighten clamping screws on convex mirror (5) to 2.37 ± 0.11 N·m (21 ± 1 lb in).

5. Install tube assembly (6) and convex mirror (5) onto the left front handrail assembly. Secure tube assembly (6) using six U-Bolts (13), 12 hard
washers (16), and 12 locknuts (15).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 100/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 187 g06485969


Lower tube installation
(7) Tube assembly

(10) Hard washer


(19) Bolt

6. Mount the lower portion of tube assembly (7) to the right end of the front bumper assembly using four hard washers (10) and four bolts (19).

Illustration 188 g06486376


Right side railing assembly
(7) Tube assembly

(13) U-bolt

(15) locknut

(16) Hard washer

7. Attach tube assembly (7) to the right ladder rail using four U-bolts (13), eight locknuts (15) and eight hard washers (16)

Illustration 189 g06486511


View from above right hand ladder railing
(7) Tube assembly

(12) Hard washer


(14) Clip

(15) Locknut

(21) Bolt

8. Attach tube assembly (7) to the right-hand ladder railing using four clips (14), two bolts (21), four hard washers (12), and two locknuts (15).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 101/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 190 g06486523


View of rear view mirror
(5) Convex mirror

(7) Tube 7

9. Install mirror (5) onto the mounting stalk on top of tube assembly (7) and tighten the clamping screws in the back of mirror (5) to
2.37 ± 0.11 N·m (21 ± 1 lb in).

Illustration 191 g06484532


View of the right-hand side handrail assembly
(3) Blocks

(9) Tube assembly

(16) Hard washer


(18) Bolt

10. Install tube assemblies (9) onto right-hand handrail assembly . Secure tube assemblies (9) onto handrail assembly using four blocks (3), eight
bolts (18), and eight hard washers (16).

Illustration 192 g06484633


View of the right-hand side handrail assembly
(4) Mirror group

(9) Tube assembly

(16) Hard washer


(17) Bolt

11. Install mirror groups (4) onto tube assemblies (9) using four hard washers (16) and four bolts (17).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 102/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 193 g06484966


View of the right-hand side handrail assembly

12. Route the harness assembly up the handrail group to mirror group (4).

Install the 342-8700 Mirror Gp (If Equipped)


Required Parts for the Installation of the 342-8700 Mirror Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  8  3S-2093  Cable Strap 
2  1  7V-0762  Spacer 
3  1  7X-7468  Convex Mirror 
4  2  134-0989  Block 
5  2  144-2227  Mirror Gp 
6  1  326-3097  Baffle As 
7  2  329-7328  Convex Mirror 
8  4  338-5116  Wiring Harness 
9  1  338-9280  Plate 
10  1  338-9281  Plate 
11  1  358-6015  Tube As 
12  1  358-6020  Tube As 
13  2  457-3039  Plate 
14  1  478-0054  Tube As 
15  2  478-0057  Tube as 
16  2  031-9831  Bolt 
17  1  173-2087  Spacer 
18  4  198-4778  Hard Washer 
19  1  311-7059  Mirror Gp 
20  2  329-3356  Nut 
21  1  3K-6060  Locknut 
22  1  5P-1076  Hard Washer 
23  2  5P-7468  Clip 
24  2  5P-7469  Clip 
25  2  6V-1874  Grommet 
26  4  7X-7729  Washers 
27  10  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
28  4  8F-8398  Clamp 
29  24  8T-0389  Locknut 
30  43  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
31  3  8T-4136  Bolt 
32  4  8T-4137  Bolt 
33  12  8T-4182  Bolt 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 103/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

34  2  8T-4183  Bolt 


35  4  8T-4184  Bolt 
36  2  8T-4185  Bolt 
37  2  8T-4186  Bolt 
38  2  8T-4198  Bolt 
39  6  8T-4223  Hard washer 
40  3  4P-7581  Clip 

Table 84

Illustration 194 g06486931


View of right side mirror mounting tube
(4) Block

(14) Tube
assembly

(30) Hard washer

(33) Bolt

1. Secure tube assembly (14) onto the right side railing assembly using two blocks (4), four hard washers (30), and four bolts (33).

Illustration 195 g06487030


View of the left-hand side
(14) Tube assembly

(17) Spacer

(19) Mirror group

(30) Hard washer

(31) Bolt

(36) Bolt

2. Secure mirror group (17) onto tube assembly (14) using two spacers (17), three hard washers (30), two bolts (36), and one bolt (31).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 104/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 196 g06487439


View of the left-hand side
(3) Convex mirror

(9) Plate

(10) Plate

(21) Locknut

(22) Hard washer

(29) Locknut

(30) Hard washer

(39) Bolt

3. Secure plate (9) and plate (10) onto the left side handrail assembly using two bolts (39), four hard washers (30), and two locknuts (29).

4. Secure convex mirror (3) onto plate (10) using hard washer (22) and locknut (18). Tighten to 25 ± 5 N·m (18 ± 3.70 lb ft)

Illustration 197 g06487505


View of the front left-hand side
(11) Tube assembly

(27) U-Bolt

(29) Locknut

(30) Hard washer

5. Install tube assembly (11) onto the front left-side hand rail. Secure tube assembly (11) using six U-Bolts (27), 12 hard washers (30), and 12
locknuts (29).

Illustration 198 g06487520

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 105/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

6. Install convex mirror (7) onto tube assembly (11). Tighten clamping screws on convex mirror (7) to 2.37 ± 0.11 N·m (21 ± 1 lb in)

Illustration 199 g06487537


View of right front mirror mount
(12) Tube assembly

(18) Hard washer

(35) Bolt

7. Mount tube assembly (12) onto the right side bumper using four bolts (4) and four hard washers (18).

Illustration 200 g06487890


View of tube assembly (12) mounting
(12) Tube assembly

(27) U-bolts

(29) Locknut

(30) Hard washers

8. Attach tube assembly (12) to the right ladder rail using four U-bolts (27), eight locknuts (29) and eight hard washers (30).

Illustration 201 g06487962


Over head view of right hand ladder railing
(12) Tube assembly

(24) Locknut

(26) Hard washer

(28) Clip

(37) Bolt

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 106/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

9. Attach tube assembly (12) to the right-hand ladder railing using four clips (28), two bolts (37), four hard washers (26), and two locknuts (24).

Illustration 202 g06487981


View of right mirror assembly

10. Install mirror (7) onto the mounting stalk on top of tube assembly (12) and tighten the clamping screws in the back of mirror (7) to
2.37 ± 0.11 N·m (21 ± 1 lb in).

Illustration 203 g06488163

11. Install tube assemblies (15) onto the right side handrail assembly. Secure tube assemblies (15) using four blocks (4), eight bolts (33), eight
hard washers (30), and three clips (40).

Illustration 204 g06488182


View of the right-hand side
(5) Mirror group

(15) Tube assembly

(30) Hard washer

(32) Bolt

12. Install mirrors (5) onto tube assemblies (15) using four hard washers (30) and four bolts (32).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 107/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 205 g06488663


View of plates install
(13) Plates

(15) Tube assembly

(20) Nut

(23) Clip-half slot

(24) Clip-half tang

(25) Grommet

(31) Bolt

(34) Bolt

(39) Washer

13. Attach two grommets (25) onto the vertical left side handrail assembly.

14. Connect two clip-half slots (23), two clip-half tangs (24) around newly installed grommets (25) and secure using two plates (13), bolts (34),
four washers (39)

15. Secure plates (13) to the mounting tabs on tube assemblies (15) with two bolts (31) and two washers (39).

Illustration 206 g06488683


View of left side harness assemblies
(D) Existing wiring harness

(1) Cable straps

(5) Mirrors

(8) Wiring harness

(15) Tube assembly

16. Install four wiring harnesses (8) to existing wiring harness (D), connect two wiring harnesses (8) to mirrors (5).

17. Secure wiring harnesses (8) to the bottom of tube assemblies (15) using eight cable straps (1).

Install the 539–6283 Lighting Wiring Gp


Required Parts for the Installation of the 539-6283 Flood Lighting Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  3  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
2  4  219-6486  Flood Lamp Gp 
3  6  219-6487  Flood Lamp Gp 
4  2  219-6488  Flood Lamp Gp 
5  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 108/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Table 85

Illustration 207 g06489325


View of left side flood lamp groups from below.
(A) left side bracket assembly

(3) Flood lamp group

(5) Cable strap


Note: Flood lamp groups 1, 2 and 4 are already installed at the factory.

1. Install two flood lamp group (3) onto left-hand side bracket assembly (A) using the supplied hardware from the lamp groups.

Illustration 208 g06492154


View of wiring harness
(A) Left -hand side bracket

(3) Flood lamp group

(5) Cable straps

2. Plug flood lamp group (3) into the existing harness. Secure harness with two cable straps (5)

Illustration 209 g06492096


View of right side bracket assembly
(B) Right side bracket assembly

(3) Flood lamp group

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 109/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

3. Install two flood lamp group (3) onto right-hand side bracket assembly (A) using the supplied hardware from the lamp groups.

Illustration 210 g06492073


Right hand harness

4. Plug flood lamp group (3) into the existing harness. Secure harness with two cable straps (5).

Install the 539–6284 Lighting Wiring Gp (If Equipped)


Required Parts for the Installation of the 539-6284 Flood Lighting Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  3  219-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
2  4  219-6487  Flood Lamp Gp 
3  6  219-6488  Flood Lamp Gp 
4  2  388-6288  Flood Lamp Gp 
5  2  441-6485  Flood Lamp Gp 
6  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 86

Note: Flood lamp groups 1, 3, 4, and 5 come already install on the machine from the factory.

Illustration 211 g06492219


View of left side bracket and flood lamps
(A) Left side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group

1. Attach two flood lamp groups (2) to bracket (A) using the supplied hardware on the flood lamps.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 110/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 212 g06492234


View of left side wiring harness
(A) Left side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group

(6) Cable strap

2. Connect flood lamps group (2) to the existing harness. Secure the harness to left side bracket (A) using two cable straps (6).

Illustration 213 g06492606


Right side bracket

(B) Right side bracket assembly

(2) Flood lamp group

3. Attach flood lamp group (2) to right side bracket assembly (B) using the supplied hardware from the flood lamps.

Illustration 214 g06493092


View of right side bracket

4. Connect flood lamp groups (2) onto the existing harness assembly. Secure the harness assembly to bracket (B) using two cable straps (6).

Install the 453–6602 Flood Lighting Gp (If Equipped)


Required Parts for the Installation of the 453-6602 Flood Lighting Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 111/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1  4  441-0315  Head Lamp Gp 


2  11  505-8916  Flood Lamp Gp 
3  4  7K-1181  Cable Strap 

Table 87

Note: Flood lighting group (1) is installed at the factory.

Illustration 215 g06493160


View of bracket (A) and flood lamps
(A) Left side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group

1. Attach two flood lamp groups (2) onto left side bracket (A) using the supplied hardware from flood lamp groups (2).

Illustration 216 g06493507


View of left side harness
(A) Left side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group

(3) Cable strap

2. Connect flood lamp groups (2) to the existing left side harness. Secure the existing harness to bracket (A) using two cable straps (3).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 112/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 217 g06493521


View of the right side bracket
(B) Right side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group

3. Attach two flood lamp groups (2) onto right side bracket (B) using the supplied hardware from flood lamp groups (2).

Illustration 218 g06500575


View of right side harness
(B) Right side bracket

(2) Flood lamp group


(3) Cable strap

4. Connect flood lamp groups (2) to the existing left side harness. Secure the existing harness to bracket (B) using two cable straps (3).

Install the 568–8937 Antenna Mounting Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for the Installation of the 568-8937 Antenna and Mounting Gp (If Equipped) 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  21  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  1  132-5789  Clip 
3  1  310-1898  Clip 
4  1  352-3968  Clip 
5  2  4P-7581  Clip 
6  1  558-6550  Antenna As 
7  1  566-4763  Plate 
8  1  568-5139(1)  Cable 
8  1  7G-3228(2)  Grommet 
9  2  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
10  2  8S-7583(3)  Grommet 
11  4  8T-0389  Locknut 
12  6  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
13  2  8T-4136  Bolt 
14  2  9X-7345(4)  Grommet 

Table 88
(1)
(2) The 568-5139 Cable is installed at the factory.
(3) 7G-3228 Grommet installed at the factory.
(4) 8S-7583 Grommet installed at the factory.
9X-7345 Grommet installed at the factory

Note: Clip ladders 2, 3, and 5 are installed on the machine with the required hardware at the factory.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 113/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 219 g06491778


View of then rear of the cab showing cable location

1. Locate the antenna wiring harness on the rear of the cab assembly.

Illustration 220 g06494837


View of the cable assembly coaxial routing

2. Route cable assembly coaxial (A) towards the left side catwalk. Secure the cable using the pre existing mounting hardware along the back
side of the cab assembly using cable straps (1).

Illustration 221 g06494894


View of the underside of left side catwalk
(1) Cable strap

(8) Cable assembly coaxial

(9) Grommet

(11) Grommet

3. Route cable (8) towards the front of the left side catwalk thorough two grommets (11) and one grommet (9), secure to mounting points along
the underside of the catwalk with eight cable straps (1).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 114/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 222 g06494972


View of left-side railing
(1) Cable strap

(8) Cable assembly coaxial

4. Route cable (8) upwards on the left side railing and secure using five cable straps (1).

Illustration 223 g06495046

1. Install plate (7) to the left-side mirror tube with one clip ladder (4) two U-bolts (10), two locknuts (12), and two hard washers (13).

2. Install antenna assembly (6) to plate (7). Torque to 5 ± 0.5 N·m (44 ± 4 lb in). Secure antenna cable to clip ladder (4) with one cable strap (1).

Installing the 571–2116 Air Conditioner Lines Gp


1. Locate the heater lines and the air conditioner lines that are strapped to the frame.

Illustration 224 g06496198


Right-hand side of the cab under the hood

2. Remove all caps from the air conditioner hose connections. Discard all caps.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 115/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 225 g06496236


Right-hand side of the cab under the hood

3. Install hose (A) and hose (B) to the fittings on the cab.

Illustration 226 g06496248


Right-hand side of the cab under the hood

4. Install hose (C) and hose (D). Secure hose (C) and hose (D) with clamps (E).

Connect the 455-6746 Lubrication Pump Group or the 418-6494


Lubrication Pump Group to the Chassis (If Equipped)
Connect the 455-6746 Lubrication Pump Group (If Equipped)

Illustration 227 g03676642


(A) Lube reservoir

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Solenoid valve assembly

(E) Wiring harness

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 116/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1. Remove the shipping plug from the lower port of lube reservoir (A).

2. Connect hose assembly (B) (fast fill hose) to lube reservoir (A).

3. Remove shipping cap from the port on solenoid valve assembly (D).

4. Connect hose assembly (C) to solenoid valve assembly (D) as shown in Illustration 227.

5. Connect wiring harness (E) from pump to corresponding connector on the chassis wiring harness at the front of the steering hydraulic tank.

6. Connect to Electronic Technician (ET) and access "Chassis Configuration". Locate "Auto Lube System Configuration Code" and set to "1".

Connect the 418-6494 Lubrication Pump Group (If Equipped)

Illustration 228 g03676679


(A) Lube reservoir

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Wiring harness

1. Remove the shipping plug from the lower port of lube reservoir (A).

2. Connect hose assembly B (fast fill hose) to lube reservoir (A).

3. Remove the shipping caps from the two ports of lube reservoir (A).

4. Connect hose assemblies (C) to lube reservoir (A) as shown in Illustration 228.

5. Connect wiring harness (D) from pump to corresponding connector on the chassis wiring harness at the front of the steering hydraulic tank.

6. Connect to Electronic Technician (ET) and access "Chassis Configuration". Locate "Auto Lube System Configuration Code" and set to "2".

Install the 461–6944 Fender Group


Required Parts for Installation of the 461–6944 Fender Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  340-3605  Guard 
2  1  340-3607  Guard 
3  1  346-7672  Rubber Guard 
4  1  358-6041  Rubber Guard 
5  1  358-9150  Guard 
6  1  368-2997  Rubber Guard 
7  1  368-2998  Rubber Guard 
8  1  357-6592  Guard 
9  18  8T-4196  Bolt 
10  4  8T-4195  Bolt 
11  22  7X-7729  Washer 
12  1  358-6038  Plate As 
13  16  357-0497  Plate 
14  1  346-8338  Plate As 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 117/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

15  1  358-9152  Plate As 


16  1  340-3616  Plate 
17  4  8T-4136  Bolt 
18  1  422-2636  Guard 
19  1  567-7041  Mud Flap 
20  5  115-6433  Washer 
21  7  444-8506  Bolt 

Table 89

Left-Hand Fender Guards

Illustration 229 g02972536


View of the rear left-hand walkway and cab
(A) Bolt

(B) Washer

1. Remove three bolts (A) and three washers (B). Retain the hardware.

Illustration 230 g02973756


View behind the cab
(C) Plate

(D) Bolt

(E) Washer

2. Remove two plates (C), four bolts (D), and four hard washers (E). Retain the plates and hardware.

Illustration 231 g06495156

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 118/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of the rear left-hand walkway and cab


(A) Bolt

(B) Washer

(12) Plate assembly

3. Install plate assembly (12). Secure plate assembly (12) using three bolts (A) and three washers (B) that were removed in Step 1.

Illustration 232 g06495162


View of the left-hand side
(C) Plate

(D) Bolt

(E) Washer

(3) Rubber guard

(10) Bolt

(11) Washer

(13) Plate

4. Install rubber guard (3) using two plates (13), two plates (C), four bolts (10), four washers (11), four bolts (D), and four washers (E). Two
plates (C), four bolts (D) and four washers (E) were retained in Step 2.

Illustration 233 g06495469


View of the left-hand side
(F) Hydraulic tank

(3) Rubber guard


(10) Bolt

(11) Washer

(13) Plate

(14) Plate
assembly

5. Secure rubber guard (3) to hydraulic tank (F) using plate assembly (14), three plates (13), six bolts (10), and six washers (11).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 119/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 234 g06495475


View of the left-hand side
(4) Rubber guard

(10) Bolt

(11) Washer

(13) Plate

(14) Plate
assembly

6. Install rubber guard (4). Secure rubber guard (4) onto plate assembly (14) using three plates (13), six bolts (10), and six washers (11).

Right-Hand Fender Guards

Illustration 235 g02974678


View of the front right-hand side
(G) Plate

(H) Bolt

(J) Washer

1. Remove three plates (G), six bolts (H), and six washers (J). Retain the plates and hardware.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 120/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 236 g02974789


View of the front right-hand side

2. Install guard (2). Secure guard (2) using three plates (G), six bolts (H), and six washers (J) retained in Step 1.

Illustration 237 g02974976


View of the front right-hand side
(K) Plate

(L) Plate

(M) Bolt

(N) Washer

(P) Bolt

(R) Washer

3. Remove four bolts (M), four washers (N), and two plates (K). Remove four bolts (P), four washers (R), and two plates (L). Retain the plates
and hardware.

Illustration 238 g06495594


View of the front right-hand side
(8) Guard

(K) Plate

(L) Plate

(M) Bolt

(N) Washer

(P) Bolt

(R) Washer

4. Install guard (8). Secure guard (8) using two plates (K), four bolts (M), four washers (N), two plates (L), four bolts (P), and four washers (R)
retained in Step 3.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 121/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 239 g02975378


View under the right-hand platform
(S) Plate

(T) Bolt

(U) Washer

5. Remove six bolts (T), six washers (U), and two plates (S). Retain the plates and hardware.

Illustration 240 g02975436


View under the right-hand platform
(S) Plate

(T) Bolt

(U) Washer

(1) Guard

6. Install guard (1). Secure guard (1) using two plates (S), six bolts (T), and six washers (U) retained in Step 5.

Illustration 241 g06495704


View of the right-hand side
(Z) Bar

(AB) Bracket

(9) Bolt

(11) Washer

(18) Guard

(17) Bolt

(13) Plate

(16) Plate

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 122/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

7. Install guard (18). Secure guard (18) using two plates (13), four bolts (9), and four washers (11) onto two bars (Z) Mount one plate (16), and
three bolts (17) and three more washers (11) to bracket (AB).

Illustration 242 g06495735


View of the right-hand side
(AC) Fuel tank

(9) Bolt

(11) Washer

(13) Plate

(18) Guard

8. Secure guard (18) to fuel tank (AC) using two plates (13), two bolts (9), and two washers (11).

Illustration 243 g06496093


View of rear of the hood
(6) Guard

(16) Plate

(13) Bolt

(11) Washer

9. Install guard (6) to the rear of top platform.


Use three plates (16), six bolts (13), and six hard washers (11) to attach guard (6) to the rear of the hood assembly.

Illustration 244 g06496150

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 123/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

View of underside of the cab mud flap


(19) Mud flap

(20) Washer

(21) Bolt

10. Install mud flap (19) to the front cab support bosses using four washers (20) and two bolts (21).
Note: Be sure to have mud flap (19) between two washers (20) before attaching each bolt (21) to the each of the bosses.

11. Attach the other side of mud flap (19) to the underside of the cab using three more bolts (21) and three more washers (20).

Install the Front Tires


Required Parts for Installation of the Front Tires 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  40  339-3284  Hex Nut 
2  40  322-1942  Hard Washer 

Table 90

1. Make sure that all the paint, debris, and, shipping grease have been removed from the wheel studs and from the mating surfaces.

2. Raise the front of the truck 1117 mm (44 inch) above the ground. Support the truck with suitable blocks or suitable stands. Leave the hoist
attached to the truck until the tires are installed.

Illustration 245 g01378270

Illustration 246 g00518947

3. Use a tire handler to install a tire and rim on the wheel at each side of the truck.

Illustration 247 g01421931

4. Remove paint and clean the mounting surfaces. Make sure that all paint, shipping grease, and burrs have been removed from the wheel
studs and the mating surfaces.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 124/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

5. Install rim (A) with 20 hard washers (2), and 20 hex nuts (1).

a. Apply 4C-5592 Anti-Seize Compound to the hard washer face, and the threads of the hex nuts, tighten the hex nuts to a torque of
1700 ± 200 N·m (1254 ± 148 lb ft).

6. Use Tooling (DD) to inflate the front tires. Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS7867, "Use of 6V-4040 Nitrogen Tire Inflation Group".

7. Repeat Step 1 through Step 6 for the other front tire and rim.

Install the Rear Tires


Required Parts for Installation of the Rear Wheels 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  420-0526  Tire Valve Gp 
2  80  339-3284  Hex Nut 
3  80  322-1942  Hard Washer 
4  2  329-8262(1)  Stem Extension Gp 

Table 91
(1)
Remove and reuse a valve cap from rear rims to protect the core on extension group.

1. Remove paint and clean the mounting surfaces. Make sure that all paint, shipping grease, and burrs have been removed from the wheel
studs and the mating surfaces.

2. Raise the rear of the truck 1118 mm (44 inch). Support the truck with suitable blocks or suitable stands. Leave the hoist attached to the truck
until the tires are installed.

Inner Rear Tires


Note: Remove paint and clean the mating surfaces.

Illustration 248 g02982016


View of the left-hand rear wheel

1. Mark the final drives to locate the extension cover for the valve stem. Mark the inner tire and rim to locate the valve stem.

2. Remove four bolts (A), four hard washers (B), and plate (C).

Illustration 249 g00518947

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 125/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

3. Use a tire handler to install an inner tire and rim on the truck.
Note: Before installing the rear inner rim, locate the valve stem extension guard on the wheel and use the valve stem extension to determine
the proper orientation of the rim’s valve stem port relative to the wheel.

4. Align the marks to install the inner rear tire and rim on the truck.

Illustration 250 g03101176


(2) Hex nut

(3) Hard washer

5. Remove paint and clean the mounting surfaces. Make sure that all paint, shipping grease, and burrs have been removed from the wheel
studs and the mating surfaces.

6. Use 20 hard washers (3), and 20 hex nuts (2) to secure the inner rear tire and rim to the final drive.

a. Apply 4C-5592 Anti-Seize Compound to the hard washer face and the threads of the full nuts, tighten the full nuts to a torque of
1700 ± 200 N·m (1254 ± 148 lb ft).

Illustration 251 g03101117


(A) Bolt

(B) Hard washer

(C) Plate

(4) Stem extension group

7. Install stem extension group (4) on the inner rear rim. Reinstall plate (C), two hard washers (B), and two bolts (A) over tire valve (1).

8. Use Tooling (DD) to inflate the inner rear tire. Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS7867, "Use of 6V-4040 Nitrogen Tire Inflation Group".

9. Repeat Step 1 through Step 8 for the other inner rear tire.

Outer Rear Tires


Note: Remove paint and clean the mating surfaces.

Illustration 252 g03101198


(1) Tire valve group

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 126/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

1. Mark the outer tire and rim to locate the valve stem.

2. Install tire valve group (1) on the outer rear rim.

Illustration 253 g00518947

3. Use a tire handler to install an outer tire and rim on the truck.

Illustration 254 g03101199


(2) Hex nut

(3) Hard washer

4. Align the marks to install the inner rear tire and rim on the truck.

5. Remove paint and clean the mounting surfaces. Make sure that all paint, shipping grease, and burrs have been removed from the wheel
studs and the mating surfaces.

6. Use 20 hard washers (3), and 20 hex nuts (2) to secure the outer rear tire and rim to the rear wheel assembly.

a. Apply 4C-5592 Anti-Seize Compound to the hard washer face and the threads of the hex nuts, tighten the full nuts to a torque of
1700 ± 200 N·m (1254 ± 148 lb ft)

7. Use Tooling (DD) to inflate the outer rear tire. Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS7867, "Use of 6V-4040 Nitrogen Tire Inflation Group".

Illustration 255 g02982326

8. Loosen bracket assembly (A) to secure tire valve group (2).

9. Repeat Step 1 through Step 7 for the other outer rear tire and rim.

Front Wheel Alignment


https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 127/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Note: The front wheels must be off the ground. Ensure that the suspension cylinders are fully extended.

NOTICE
The tie rods must be tightened to a torque of 285 N·m (210 lb ft).
The tie rods must be tightened regardless of whether an
adjustment has been made.

1. Move the wheels until the wheels face straight ahead.

Illustration 256 g01380234

2. Measure the distance (D) between the front tires.

3. Mark location (D) on each front tire. Rotate the tires until the marks are 180 degrees from point (D).

4. Measure the distance (E) between the marks on the tires.

5. Subtract distance (E) from distance (D). This value will be 62.3 mm (2.45 inch) when the toe-out is correct.

6. If necessary, adjust the tie rods to set the toe-out. Loosen clamps (F) on the left side. Loosen clamps (G) on the right side. Turn each tie rod
by the same amount. Make sure that the tie rods are the same length.

7. When the toe-out is set, tighten clamps (F) and clamps (G) to a torque of 285 N·m (210 lb ft).
Note: Make sure that there is a gap of at least 3.18 mm (0.125 inch) before you tighten the clamps on the tie rods.

8. Lower the front of the truck to the ground.

Use the 377-6260 Truck Body Mounting Group to Install the Truck Body
Required Parts for Installation of the 377-6260 Truck Body Mounting Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  16  1D-0503  Washer 
2  4  5D-3887  Rod 
3  2  5T-5528  Plate 
4  2  5T-9266  Pin As 
5  4  6F-8499  Spring 
6  2  6G-7773  Pin 
7  2  8W-8454  Pin As 
8  2  8W-8456  Plate 
9  4  9D-2316  Spacer 
10  4  054-3788  Washer 
11  2  253-7490  Ejector 
12  2  270-7034  Pin As 
13  2  322-5067  Mud Guard 
14  2  322-5068  Plate 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 128/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

15  2  331-5956  Plate 


16  8  3B-4615  Cotter Pin 
17  4  3B-4647  Cotter Pin 
18  8  5P-2566  Bolt 
19  20  6V-8801  Nut 
20  28  8T-4183  Bolt 
21  36  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
22  8  8T-4244  Nut 
23  20  9B-7237  Bolt 
Thrust Washer

24  1  8W-2897  (1) 

25  2  9D-3432  Thrust Washer(1) 


26  20  106-8227  Shim 
27  6  229-6177  Pad As 
326-3097
Baffle As(2)

28  1 
113-1218 
Baffle As 

29  2  031-9831  Bolt 

Table 92
(1)
(2) Use thrust washers if necessary and as required to shim between the body and frame assemblies at outside pivot pin areas to reduce gaps to less than 3 mm (0.12 inch).
Part of the 321-6518 Rear View Mirror Gp

Installing the Truck Body


1. Remove the paint from the mating surfaces of the truck body and the frame. Remove all lifting eyes and lugs prior to installation.

Illustration 257 g02985418


View of the bottom of the truck body
(7) Pin assembly

2. Insert one-pin assembly (7) into the outer pivot pin bore on each side of the truck body.

Illustration 258 g01380434

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 129/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

3. Use a suitable lifting device to position the truck body on the truck frame.

4. Align the pivot pin bores of the truck body and the pivot pin bores of the truck frame.

Illustration 259 g02985518


View truck body and frame
(25) Thrust washer

5. At each side of the machine, insert one thrust washer (25) between the outer ear of the truck body and the truck frame.
Note: If thrust washer (25) does not fit, insert one thrust washer (24). Thrust washer (24) is 2.0 mm (0.079 inch) thinner than thrust washer
(3).

Illustration 260 g02985540


View truck body and frame
(7) Pin assembly

(8) Plate

(18) Bolt

(21) Hard washer

6. Manually grease the pins and the pin bores of the truck body and of the truck frame.
Drive pin assemblies (7) through the pivot pin bores of the truck body and of the truck frame.

7. Secure pin assemblies (7) in place using two plates (8), four bolts (18), and four hard washers (21).

Secure the Hoist Cylinder to the Truck Body


1. Remove the protective caps from the bolt holes in the body near the pin bores. Remove the paint from the contact surfaces around the pin
bores in the body. Remove the paint from the contact surfaces on the hoist cylinders.

2. Before you remove the shipping brackets from the hoist cylinders, use a chain and a lever puller to stabilize the hoist cylinders.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 130/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 261 g03784879

NOTICE
Do not grind into the parent material of the frame.

3. Remove the shipping brackets being careful not to gouge or grind into the parent material underneath the shipping bracket.

4. Sand the excess weld material flush with the surrounding parent material using a 36 grit minimum sanding disk.

5. Use a suitable lifting device to align the pin bores of the truck body and the hoist cylinders.

Illustration 262 g02985957


View of the left-hand side hoist cylinder
(3) Plate

(4) Pin assembly

(9) Spacer

(18) Bolt

(21) Hard
washer

6. Place one spacer (9) on each side of the hoist cylinder bearing. At each side of the machine, insert one-pin assembly (4) through the truck
body and through the hoist cylinder bearing.
Note: Before you install pins (4), apply grease to both the upper and lower the pins.

7. Secure each pin assembly (4) using one plate (3), two bolts (18), and two hard washers (21).

Install the Mud Guards

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 131/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 263 g02985764


(13) Mud guard

(14) Plate

(15) Plate

(19) Nut

(23) Bolt

1. Secure two mud guards (13) to two plates (14) and two plates (15) by using 20 bolts (23) and 20 nuts (12).

Illustration 264 g02985876


View of the bottom of the body
(A) Plate assembly

(13) Mud guard


(20) Bolt

(21) Hard
washer

(22) Nut

2. Install two mud guards (13) onto plate assemblies (A) using eight bolts (20), eight hard washers (21), and eight nuts (22).
Note: Tighten eight bolts to a torque of 100 ± 20 N·m (74 ± 15 lb ft).

Install the Body Retaining Pins

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 132/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 265 g02988176

1. Install two rods (2) on the right-hand side and left-hand side of the truck body. Secure rods (2) using two cotter pins (16), one spring (5), and
one washer (10). Refer to Illustration 265 for installation locations.

2. Install two pins (12) to the truck body. Secure the pins with rods (2).

Installing the Rock Ejectors

Illustration 266 g02988350

Illustration 267 g02988378


View of the right-hand side ejector

1. Install one ejector (11) in each plate assembly using one pin (6), eight washers (1). and two cotter pins (17).
Note: Use washers (1) to center ejectors (11) between the two rear tires on each side of the machine.

Install the Visual Body Down Indicator


Note: Machine equipped with the 341-5471 Rear View Mirror Gp or the 328-9834 Rear View Mirror Gp should use the 326-3097 Baffle As. The
326-3097 Baffle As is used on coal bodies. Machines without coal bodies should use the 113-1218 Baffle As.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 133/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 268 g02989920


Typical view
(28) 113-1218
Baffle As or 326-3097 Baffle As

(29) 031-9831 Bolt

1. Use two bolts (29) to install baffle assembly (28) on the canopy.

Install the 309-1212 Central Lubrication Lines Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for Installation of the 309-1212 Central Lubrication Lines Gp (If Equipped) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  14  5P-9085  Clip 
2  12  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
3  12  8T-4191  Bolt 
4  2  8T-4896  Hard Washer 
5  2  5M-3062  Bolt 

Table 93

Illustration 269 g02992917

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 134/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Rear view

(A) Hose assembly

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(E) Hose assembly


(F) Hose assembly


(G) Hose assembly

(H) Hose assembly


(J) Hose assembly


(K) Hose assembly

(1) Clip

(2) Hard
washer

(3) Bolt

(4) Hard washer

(5) Bolt

1. Connect hose assembly (D) to the fitting on the bottom of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder. Secure hose assembly (D) using clip (1),
hard washer (4), and bolt (5).

2. Connect hose assembly (H) to the fitting on the bottom of the right-hand rear suspension cylinder. Secure hose assembly (H) using clip (1),
hard washer (4), and bolt (5).

3. Connect hose assembly (C) to the fitting on the top of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder.

4. Connect hose assembly (G) to the fitting on the top of the right-hand rear suspension cylinder.

5. Route hose assembly (B) and hose assembly (F) to the body pivot pins. Connect hose assembly (B) and hose assembly (F) to the fittings on
the body pivot pins.

6. Secure hose assembly (A) and hose assembly (E) using two clips (1), two hard washers (2), and two bolts (3).

Illustration 270 g02994617


(K) Hose assembly

7. Connect hose assembly (K) to the fitting on the inward sway bar.

Illustration 271 g02993079


(J) Hose assembly

8. Route hose assembly (J) to the fitting on the end of the inward sway bar. Connect hose assembly (J) to the fitting on the end of the inward
sway bar.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 135/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 272 g02993259


View of the left-hand side
(A) Hose assembly

(1) Clip

(2) Hard
washer

(3) Bolt

9. Route hose assembly (A) to the head end of the hoist cylinder. Connect hose assembly (A) to the fitting on the top of the hoist cylinder.

10. Secure hose assembly (A) in five locations using five clips (1), five hard washers (2), and five bolts (3).

Illustration 273 g02994297


View of the right-hand side
(E) Hose assembly

(1) Clip

(2) Hard
washer

(3) Bolt

11. Route hose assembly (E) to the head end of the hoist cylinder. Connect hose assembly (E) to the fitting on the top of the hoist cylinder.

12. Secure hose assembly (E) in five locations using five clips (1), five hard washers (2), and five bolts (3).

Install the 309-1213 Automatic Lubrication Group (If Equipped)


Required Parts for Installation of the 309-1213 Automatic Lubrication Gp (If Equipped) 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  5M-3062  Bolt 
2  2  8T-4896  Hard Washer 
3  14  5P-9085  Clip 
4  12  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
5  12  8T-4191  Bolt 

Table 94

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 136/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 274 g02994845


Rear view

(A) Hose assembly

(B) Hose assembly

(C) Hose assembly

(D) Hose assembly

(E) Hose assembly


(F) Hose assembly


(G) Hose assembly

(H) Hose assembly


(J) Hose assembly


(K) Hose assembly

(L) Hose assembly


(1) Bolt

(2) Hard washer

(3) Clip

(4) Hard
washer

(5) Bolt

1. Connect hose assembly (F) to the fitting on the bottom of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder. Secure hose assembly (F) using clip (3),
hard washer (4), and bolt (5).

2. Connect hose assembly (L) to the fitting on the bottom of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder. Secure hose assembly (L) using clip (3),
hard washer (4), and bolt (5).

3. Connect hose assembly (C) to the fitting on the top of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder.

4. Connect hose assembly (J) to the fitting on the top of the left-hand rear suspension cylinder.

5. Route hose assembly (B) and hose assembly (H) to the body pivot pins. Connect hose assembly (B) and hose assembly (H) to the fittings on
the body pivot pins.

6. Secure hose assembly (A) and hose assembly (G) using two clips (3), two hard washers (4), and two bolts (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 137/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 275 g02995156


(D) Hose assembly

7. Connect hose assembly (D) to the fitting on the inboard sway bar.

Illustration 276 g02995178


(K) Hose assembly

8. Route hose assembly (K) to the fitting on the end of the inward sway bar. Connect hose assembly (K) to the fitting on the end of the inward
sway bar.

Illustration 277 g02995198


View of the left-hand side
(A) Hose assembly

(3) Clip

(4) Hard
washer

(5) Bolt

9. Route hose assembly (A) to the head end of the hoist cylinder. Connect hose assembly (A) to the fitting on the top of the hoist cylinder.

10. Secure hose assembly (A) in five locations using five clips (3), five hard washers (4), and five bolts (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 138/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 278 g02995205


View of the right-hand side
(G) Hose assembly

(3) Clip

(4) Hard
washer

(5) Bolt

11. Route hose assembly (G) to the head end of the hoist cylinder. Connect hose assembly (G) to the fitting on the top of the hoist cylinder.

12. Secure hose assembly (G) in five locations using five clips (3), five hard washers (4), and five bolts (5).

Installation of the Rear Axle Lubrication Kit (If Equipped)


For the assembly instructions, refer to Special Instruction, SEHS0030, "Field Procedure to Install the Rear Axle Lubrication Kit (If Equipped) on
Certain 777G Off-Highway Trucks".

The 486-0544 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit is adaptable to S/N:RDR1-499, ; S/N:T5A1-299, ; S/N:TNM1-999, ; S/N:T4Y1-499, and ; S/N:GT71-UP.
The 510-5059 Rear Axle Lubrication Kit is adaptable to S/N:RDR500-UP, ; S/N:T5A300-UP, ; S/N:TNM1000-UP, ; S/N:T4Y500-UP, and ;
S/N:GT71-UP.

Installation of the Engine Oil Metering Group (If Equipped)


For the assembly instructions, refer to Special Instruction, SEHS0031, "Field Instructions to Install the Engine Oil Metering Group (If Equipped) on
Certain 777G Off-Highway Trucks".

Installation of the Cold-Weather Group (If Equipped)


For the assembly instructions, refer to Special Instruction, REHS9320, "Procedure to Install the Cold-Weather Cover Group onto Certain Tier IV
773G, 775Gand 777G Off-Highway Trucks".

Installation of the Cat Detect


The following will cover the installation of the following arrangements:

461-6862 Camera Ar (2 camera system)

461-6863 Camera Ar (4 camera system)

461-6864 Camera Ar (4 camera system with radar)

Reference: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, UENR1274 for the orientation of the radar. The radar orientation is critical for the operation of the object
detection system.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 139/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 279 g06440432

Install the Front and Rear camera in the 461-6862 and 461-6863 Camera
Arrangement (If Equipped)
Required Parts for Installing the 461-6862 Camera Ar 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  15  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  1  271-6768  Plate 
3  1  347-3568  Plate 
4  1  348-9226  Grommet Assembly 
5  1  2V-8260  Grommet 
6  2  347-1668  Camera Gp 
7  1  4P-8134  Clip 
8  4  5C-2890  Nut 
9  1  5P-7468  Clip 
10  1  5P-7469  Clip 
11  1  6V-1874  Grommet 
12  2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
13  2  8T-4136  Bolt 
14  1  8T-4183  Bolt 
15  2  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
16  1  8T-4244  Nut 
17  4  9X-8256  Washer 
18  1  315-5391  Nut 

Table 95

Camera Cable Color Codes 


Camera 1  Red 
Camera 2  Blue 
Camera 3  Green 
Camera 4  Yellow 

Table 96

Assemble the Camera Groups

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 140/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 280 g03001737


Typical view of the front camera
(3) Plate

(6) Camera
group

(8) Nut

(17) Washer

1. Install camera group (6) onto plate (3) using two nuts (8) and two washers (17).

Illustration 281 g02999896


Typical view of the rear camera
(2) Plate

(6) Camera
group

(8) Nut

(17) Washer

2. Install camera group (6) onto plate (2) using two nuts (8) and two washers (17).

Installation of the Camera Groups


Install the Rear Camera Group

Illustration 282 g03002018

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 141/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Typical view of the rear camera group


(A) Bracket assembly

(B) Cable assembly


(1) Cable strap


(6) Camera group

(7) Clip

(12) Hard
washer

(13) Bolt

1. Install camera group (6) onto bracket assembly (A) using two bolts (13) and two hard washers (12).

2. Remove protective caps from cable assembly (B) and the camera harness.

3. Connect camera cable to cable assembly (B).

4. Secure camera cable and cable assembly (B) using clip (7) and cable strap (1).

Install the Front Camera Group

Illustration 283 g03000720


View of the top of the cowling group
(C) Handrail assembly

(6) Camera group


(9) Clip

(10) Clip

(11) Grommet

(14) Bolt

(15) Hard washer

(16) Nut

1. Install clip (9), clip (10), and grommet (11) onto handrail assembly (C).

2. Secure camera group (6) onto clip (9) using bolt (14), two hard washers (15), and nut (16).

Illustration 284 g03002306


View between the hood and front of the cab
(D) Cable assembly

(5) Grommet

3. Install grommet (5), and route cable assembly (D) up through grommet (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 142/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 285 g03002856


View of camera group mounted on the handrail group
(C) Handrail group

(D) Cable assembly

(1) Cable strap


(6) Camera group

4. Route cable assembly (D) up handrail group (C) to camera group (6).

5. Remove protective caps from cable assembly (D) and the camera cable.

6. Connect camera cable to cable assembly (D).

7. Secure cable assembly (D) onto handrail group (C) in eight locations using eight cable straps (1).

Installing the Left side and Right side cameras in the 461-6863 and 461-
6864 Camera Arrangement (4 Camera System)(If Equipped)
Note: For instructions on assembling and installing the front and rear camera groups Refer to Section "Install the Front and Rear camera in the
461-6862 and 461-6863 Camera Arrangement (If Equipped)".

Required Parts to Install the 461-6863 Camera Ar- Detect (If Equipped) 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  28  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
2  2  478-5939  Camera and Mounting Gp 
3  2  336-6684  Camera Gp 
4  2  7G-3228  Grommet 
5  2  132-5789  Clip 
6  2  8T-4137  Bolt 
7  2  8T-4121  Hard Washer 

Table 97

Camera Cable Color Codes 


Camera 1  Red 
Camera 2  Blue 
Camera 3  Green 
Camera 4  Yellow 

Table 98

Installation of the Camera Groups


Install the Right-Hand Side Camera Group

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 143/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 286 g06534186


View of right-hand side mount
(3) Camera assembly

1. Route the harness from camera (3) up from the bottom of the existing bracket. Secure the harness with grommet on the harness.
Note: Flood lamp assemblies removed for clarity.

Illustration 287 g06534188


View of right-hand side mount
(3) Camera assembly

2. Use the two supplied screws to mount camera (3) to the inside of the existing bracket.

Illustration 288 g06539797

3. Using three cable straps (1) secure the cable from camera assembly (3) to the top of the mounting bracket and the upright tie off.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 144/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 289 g06539877


View of right-side
(1) Cable strap

(2) Camera and


mounting group

(3) Camera assembly


(5) Clip

(6) Bolt

(7) Hard
washer

4. Connect the cable from camera assembly (3) to the cable from camera and mounting group (2) and secure both cables to the bracket
assembly with one clip (5), one bolt (6), one washer (7) and one cable strap (1).

Install the Left-Hand Side Camera Group

Illustration 290 g06539928


View of left-side mounting bracket
(3) Camera assembly

1. Route the harness from camera assembly (3) up from the bottom of the existing bracket. Secure the harness with grommet on the harness.

Illustration 291 g06539962

2. Use the two supplied screws to mount camera assembly (3) to the inside of the existing bracket.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 145/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 292 g06539975


Left-side camera mount
(1) Cable straps

(3) Camera assembly

3. Using two cable straps (1) secure the cable from camera assembly (3) to the top of the mounting bracket and the upright tie off.

Illustration 293 g06540238

4. Connect the cable from camera assembly (3) to the cable from camera and mounting group (2) and secure both cables to the bracket
assembly with one clip (5), one bolt (6), one washer (7) and one cable strap (1).

Install the 461-6864 Object Detection Installation Arrangement (If


Equipped)
Note: For instructions on assembling and installing the front camera group. Refer to Section "Install the Front and Rear camera in the 461-6862
and 461-6863 Camera Arrangement (If Equipped)".

Note: For instructions on assembling and installing the left-hand side and right-hand side camera groups Refer to Section "Installing the Left side
and Right side cameras in the 461-6863 and 461-6864 Camera Arrangement (4 Camera System)(If Equipped)" (.

Reference: System Operation, Testing and Adjusting, KENR8668, "Integrated Object Detection System for Off-Highway Trucks".

Required Parts to Install the 461-6864 Camera Ar (If Equipped) 


Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  24  8T-9655  Isolation Mount 
2  12  8T-9658  Spacer 
3  12  9N-0869  Hard Washer 
4  1  359-7444  Bracket As 
5  2  359-7850  Bracket As 
6  1  360-3919  Bracket As 
7  2  364-5738  Bracket As 
8  4  430-8391  Object Detection Box Gp 
9  1  381-4174  Bracket As 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 146/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

10  1  392-4618  Plate 


11  4  344-5674  Nut 
12  20  5P-4115  Hard Washer 
13  8  6V-3964  Hard Washer 
14  16  6V-7357  Bolt 
15  8  7X-0818  Bolt 
16  2  7Y-5262  U-Bolt 
17  4  8T-0389  Locknut 
18  14  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
19  11  8T-4195  Bolt 
20  5  8T-4224  Hard Washer 
21  4  8T-6912  Bolt 
22  2  4P-7581  Clip 
23  7  8T-4137  Bolt 
24  12  7K-1181  Cable Strap 
25  2  7X-7729  Washer 
26  1  347-3568  Plate 
27  1  2V-8260  Grommet 
28  2  5C-2890  Nut 
29  1  5P-7468  Clip 
30  1  5P-7469  Clip 
31  2  336-6684  Camera Gp 
32  1  6V-1874  Grommet 
33  1  8T-4133  Nut 
34  1  8T-4183  Bolt 
35  1  8T-4223  Hard Washer 
36  2  9X-8256  Washer 

Table 99

Secure the Object Detection Box Groups to the Brackets

Illustration 294 g03004761


Typical view of the front object detection box group
(4) Bracket assembly

(8) Object detection box group

(12) Hard washer


(14) Bolt

1. Install object detection box group (8) onto bracket assembly (4) using four bolts (14) and four hard washers (12).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 147/221
20/3/22, 18:47 SIS 2.0

Illustration 295 g03004817


Typical view of the right and left-side object detection box groups
(7) Bracket assembly


group

(8) Object detection box


(12) Hard washer

(13) Hard washer


(14) Bolt

2. Install sensor and mounting (8) onto bracket assembly (7).

3. Secure sensor and mounting (8) onto bracket assembly (7) using four bolts (14) four hard washers (12), and four hard washers 13.

Installation of the Object Detection Box Groups


Installation of the Box Group for the Object Detection (Front)

Illustration 296 g03004964


Typical view of the front object detection box group
(1) Isolation mount

(2) Spacer

(3) Hard washer

(8) Sensor and mounting

(10) Plate

(21) Bolt

1. Install sensor and mounting (8) onto plate (10) using eight isolation mounts (1), four spacers (2), four hard washers (3), and four bolts (21).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 148/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 297 g06535964


View of the front handrail assembly
(A) Handrail assembly

(8) Object detection box group

(10) Plate

(16) U-Bolt

(17) Locknut

(18) Hard washer

(22) Clip

2. Install sensor and mounting (8) and plate (10) onto handrail assembly (B) using two U-bolts (16), four hard washers (18), one clip (22) and
four locknuts (17).

Illustration 298 g03005096


Typical view of the front sensor and mounting
(B) Front harness assembly

(18) Hard washer


(22) Clip

(23) Bolt

(24) Cable
strap

3. Connect front harness assembly (B) to sensor and mounting (8).

4. Secure front harness assembly (B) using two clips (22), bolt (23), hard washer (18), and two cable straps (24).

Installation of the Box Group for the Object Detection (Rear)

Illustration 299 g06077278


(29) 501-8246 Bracket

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 149/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 300 g06077290


(12) 5P-4115 Hard Washer

(26) 8T-4971 Bolt

1. Attach the radar box to the bracket using four hard washers (12) and four bolts (26).

Illustration 301 g06077314


(19) 8T-4195 Bolt

(25) 7X-7729 Washer

2. Attach Bracket (29) to block (28) using two bolts (19) and two washer (25).

Illustration 302 g06077320

Illustration 303 g06077322


(30) 501-8250 Rear Harness As

(24) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

3. Connect Rear Harness As (30) to radar connector. Secure harness using Cable Strap (24) as shown in Illustration 302 and 303.
Note: Allow adequate slack, so that no curves in the harness are near sharp corners and that the harness has rounded curves as it is routed
around the bracket.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 150/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 304 g06077332


(31) 336-6684 Camera Gp

4. Mount Camera Gp (31) using the hardware provided with the camera. Connect camera cable to harness as shown in Illustration 304.

Illustration 305 g06077351

5. Use Cable Strap (24) to secure slack from camera harness as shown in Illustration 305.

6. Tighten the cable strap to hold harness in place, but not tight enough to pinch the harness.

Installation of the Box Group for the Object Detection (Right-Hand Side)

Illustration 306 g03005276


Typical view of the right-hand side sensor and mounting
(1) Isolation mount

(2) Spacer

(3) Hard washer

(5) Bracket assembly

(6) Bracket assembly

(8) Sensor and mounting

(18) Hard washer


(19) Bolt

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 151/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

1. Install bracket assembly (5) onto bracket assembly (6) using two bolts (19) and two hard washers (18).

2. Install sensor and mounting (8) onto bracket assembly (5) using eight isolation mounts (1), four spacers (2), four hard washers (3), and four
bolts (15).

Illustration 307 g06534869


Typical view of the right-hand side sensor and mounting
(D) Right -side platform

(8) Sensor and mounting

(18) Hard washer

(19) Bolt

3. Install sensor and mounting (8) onto right-hand platform assembly (D) using four bolts (19) and eight hard washers (18).

Illustration 308 g06534934


Typical view of the right-hand side sensor and mounting
(E) Right-hand harness assembly

(F) Grommet

(8) Sensor and mounting

4. Route right-hand harness assembly (E) through grommet (F) and connect to sensor and mounting (8).

Installation of the Box Group for the Object Detection (Left-Hand Side)

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 152/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 309 g06535039


View of the left-hand catwalk assembly

Measurement System (TPMS)
(G) Lamp assembly for the Truck Payload
Note: If the machine is equipped with lamp (G) for the Truck Payload Measurement System (TPMS), complete Step 1 that follows.

1. If equipped, remove lamp (G) for the Truck Payload Measurement System (TPMS). Retain lamp (G) and the hardware that secures lamp (G)
to the catwalk assembly.

Illustration 310 g03005441


(5) Bracket assembly

(9) Bracket assembly

(18) Hard washer


(19) Bolt

2. Install bracket assembly (5) onto bracket assembly (9) using two bolts (19) and two hard washers (18).

Illustration 311 g03005444


Typical view of the right-hand side sensor and mounting
(1) Isolation mount

(2) Spacer

(3) Hard washer

(5) Bracket assembly

(8) Sensor and mounting

3. Install sensor and mounting (8) onto bracket assembly (5) using eight isolation mount (1), four spacers (2), four hard washers (3), and four
bolts (15).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 153/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 312 g03005446


Typical view of the left-hand side sensor and mounting
(G) Lamp assembly for the Truck Payload Measurement
System (TPMS)

(H) left-hand harness assembly


(8) Sensor and mounting


(9) Bracket assembly


(24) Cable strap

4. Install sensor and mounting (8) bracket assembly (9), and lamp (G). Secure using the mounting hardware retained in Step 1.

5. Secure left-hand harness assembly (H) using two cable straps (24).

Illustration 313 g06440525


View of the backside of the cab
(J) Covers

6. Remove covers (J). Retain covers and hardware.

Illustration 314 g06494483


View of the backside of the cab
(K) Harness assembly

7. Route harness assembly (K) and connect to existing harness connections on the rear of the cab.
Note: The wiring harness may ship already attached to the cab assembly. If so, verify that harness assembly (K) is connected to the correct
terminal.

8. Re-install cover (J) which were removed and retained in Step 6.

Installing the 320-5104 Wheel Chock Group


Required Parts for Installation of the 320-5104 Wheel Chock Gp 
Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 
1  2  7D-7496  Pin As 
2  2  155-3597  Wheel Chock 
3  1  336-3744  Bracket As 
4  1  336-3745  Bracket As 
5  4  8T-4121  Hard Washer 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 154/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

6  4  8T-4195  Bolt 

Table 100

Illustration 315 g03101237


View of the front of the machine
(3) Bracket assembly

(4) Bracket assembly

(5) Hard washer


(6) Bolt

1. Install bracket assembly (3) and bracket assembly (4) onto the bumper assembly using four hard washers (5) and four bolts (6).

Illustration 316 g03101296


View of the front of the machine
(1) Pin assembly

(2) Chock

2. Install chocks (2) and secure using pin assemblies (2).

Install the 380-6903 Film Gp


Required Parts for Installation of the 380-6903 Film Gp 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  1  380-6904  Film 
2  1  380-6905  Film 
3  1  380-6906  Film 

Table 101

Locations for the Installation of the Films

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 155/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 317 g03676328


Typical front view
(3) Film

Illustration 318 g03676330


Typical left-hand side view
(2) Film

Illustration 319 g03676340


Typical right-hand side view
(1) Film

1. Install film (3) on the front of the canopy.


Note: Center the films in the available space.

2. Install film (2) on the left side of the truck body.


Note: Center the films in the available spaces.

3. Install film (1) on the right side of the truck body.


Note: Center the films in the available spaces.

Install the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Arrangement (If Equipped)


Fire Suppression Ready (FSR) is designed to accommodate the basic components of a typical fire suppression system post factory. FSR includes
a designated surface on the right-hand side platform for suppressant tanks, clipping points for detection lines, bulkhead plates, and space claim for
mounting hoses and nozzles.

After installation of the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar, a review of the field assembly must be part of the system manufacture’s final inspection of
the fire suppression system.

Note: The final inspection, working condition and certification of the fire suppression system is the sole responsibility of the manufacture.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 156/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

The 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar is a stand-alone system. The system has no communications with the Caterpillar Vital Information Management
System (VIMS).

All proprietary parts of the fire suppression system belonging to the manufacture are not serviced through the Caterpillar parts system. These parts
if required must be replaced through the manufacture.

Reference the following group part numbers of the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar for Caterpillar parts serviced:

461-6979 Fire Suppression Lines Gp

477-1300 Fire Suppression Group

486-3730 Front Wiring Gp

497-2244 Film Gp

Any questions regarding the functionality, working condition or maintenance of the fire suppression system should be directed to the manufacture,
or a representative authorized to service the manufacture’s system.

Required Parts for Installation of the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar 

Item  Qty  Part Number  Description 


1  2  488-7131(1)(2)(3)  Cartridge As 
2  2  488-7064(1)(2)(3)  Actuator 
3  2  488-7089(2)(4)  Cable 
4  1  290-5562(4)  Mount 
5  18  7K-1181(4)  Cable Strap 
6  1  488-7063(2)(4)  Controller As 
7  4  8T-4136(4)  Bolt 
8  4  9X-8256(4)  Washer 
9  1  488-7066(2)(4)  Bracket 
10  2  8T-4136(4)  Bolt 
11  2  8T-4121(4)  Hard Washer 
12  1  488-7065(2)(4)  Actuator As 
13  1  488-7140(5)  Film 
14  2  148-8337(1)  Connector As 

Table 102
(1)
(2) From the 461-6979 Fire Suppression Lines Gp
(3) Cat part number for reference only. Part is not serviced through the Cat parts system
(4) Part supplied by representative authorized to service the manufacture's system.
(5) From the 486-3730 Front Wiring Gp
From the 497-2244 Film Gp

Note: Do not adjust the nozzle positions. The nozzle positions have been preset at the factory following manufacturer’s guidelines.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 157/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 320 g06110156


View of the locations to install the 461-6865 Fire Suppression Ar
(A-A) Location at the rear of the cab

(B-B) Location at the rear of the right-hand platform

(C-C) Location on the right-hand platform

(D-D) Location at the front of the right-hand platform

(E-E) Location on the left-hand side of the right-hand platform

(F-F) Location on the front left-hand side of the bumper

Illustration 321 g06537083


View of the rear of the cab at location A-A of Illustration 320
(A) Cable

(B) Bulkhead fitting

1. Remove the cover plate from the rear of the machine cab and Connect cable (A) to bulkhead fitting (B).
Note: Remove the caps from the end of cable (A) and bulkhead fitting (B) prior to connection.

2. Route cable (A) towards the right side of the cab and use cable straps as needed to secure to the existing harness.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 158/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 322 g06109515


View of the rear of the right-hand rear corner of the hood at location B-B of Illustration 320
(C) Hose assembly

(D) Adapter

(E) Hose assembly

(F) Adapter

3. Connect hose assembly (C) to adapter (D). Connect hose assembly (E) to adapter (F). Tighten the nut on the hose assemblies to 75 ± 8 N·m
(55 ± 6 lb ft).

Illustration 323 g06109530


View of location C-C of Illustration 320
(1) 488-7131 Cartridge As

(2) 488-7064 Actuator


Note: A representative authorized to service the manufacture's system will supply and install cartridge assemblies (1) and actuators (2).

Illustration 324 g06109540


View of location C-C of Illustration 320
(G) Hose assembly

(H) Adapter assembly

(J) Hose assembly

4. Remove and discard the plugs from actuators (2). Insert connector assemblies (14) to actuators (2) where the plugs were removed. Tighten
connector assemblies (14) to 25 N·m (220 lb in).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 159/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 325 g06109555


View of location C-C of Illustration 320
(G) Hose assembly

(J) Hose assembly

5. Remove and discard the shipping caps from the end of hose assembly (G) and hose assembly (J). Connect hose assembly (G) and hose
assembly (J) to connector assemblies (14). Tighten the nut on the hose assemblies to 15 ± 2 N·m (130 ± 18 lb in).

Illustration 326 g06109560


View of location C-C of Illustration 320
(K) Tee assembly

(2) 488-7064 Actuator

(3) 488-7089 Cable

6. Connect two cables (3) to two actuators (2) and to tee assembly (K).
Note: All connections must be finger tightened only.

Illustration 327 g06109596


View of location C-C of Illustration 320
(G) Hose assembly

(3) 488-7089 Cable

(4) 290-5562 Mount

(5) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

7. Secure hose assembly (G) to two cables (3) by using mount (4) and two cable straps (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 160/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 328 g06109615


View of location D-D of Illustration 320
(6) 488-7063 Controller As

(7) 8T-4138 Bolt

(8) 9X-8256 Washer

8. Secure controller assembly (6) to the right front corner of the hood by using four bolts (7) and four washers (8).

Illustration 329 g06109633


View of location D-D of Illustration 320
(L) Cable

(5) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

(6) 488-7063 Controller As

9. Connect six cables (L) that are coiled up in a bundle on the outside of the cowling to controller assembly (6).
Note: All connections must be finger tight only.

Note: The end of each cable (L) is color coded and must be connected to controller assembly (6) correctly. Refer to the Illustration above and
the list below.

POS G = Black (Remote Display

POS H = Green (Power)

POS J = Yellow (Relay #1 and #2)

POS K = Blue (Release)

POS L = Red (Detection #1)

POS M = Red (Detection #2)

10. Secure cables (L) to the existing ladder clips by using four cable straps (5).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 161/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 330 g06110050


View of location E-E of Illustration 320
(L) Cable

(M) Cable

(6) 488-7063 Controller As

11. Connect the other end of cable (L) POS K of controller assembly (6) to existing cable (M) on the right-hand side of the platform.

Illustration 331 g06110059


View of location F-F of Illustration 320
(9) 488-7066 Bracket

(10) 8T-4136 Bolt

(11) 8T-4121 Hard Washer

(12) 488-7065 Actuator As

12. Secure bracket (9) to the backside of the left-hand side stairway by using two bolts (10) and two hard washers (11). Tighten bolts (10) to
55 ± 10 N·m (40 ± 7 lb ft).
Secure actuator assembly (12) to bracket (9). Tighten the retaining nut for actuator assembly (12) to 2.8 ± 0.6 N·m (25 ± 5 lb in).

Illustration 332 g06110076


(N) Cable

13. Unbundle red cable (N) from the bundle of cables and harness assemblies on the left-hand side of the cowling.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 162/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 333 g06110100


(N) Cable

(5) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

Illustration 334 g06110137


(N) Cable

(5) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

Illustration 335 g06110142


(N) Cable

(5) 7K-1181 Cable Strap

(12) 488-7065 Actuator As

14. Route cable (N) along the tie-off points on the frame, fender, and the backside of the left-hand stairway. Use 12 cable straps (5) to secure
cable (N). Refer the Illustrations above. Connect cable (N) to actuator assembly (12).
Note: Remove the caps from the end of the cable and the actuator assembly before connecting the cable.

Note: Cable (N) routes along the same path as the wiring harness to the engine shutdown and stairway lamp switches.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 163/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 336 g06110148


(13) 488-7140 Film

15. Attache film (13) to the left-hand stairway as shown in the Illustration above.

Perform the Commissioning Procedure for the Machine


This section contains assembly checks and functional checks of systems. Perform the checks before you deliver the machine to a customer.

Check the Fluid Levels

NOTICE
An improper hydraulic oil level can result in machine damage.

Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:RDR" or Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0109096,
"777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:TNM" for additional information on fluid capacities and level check procedures.

Fluid Level Checklist 


Description  Fluid Full Yes or No 
Engine Coolant System(1)   
Transmission and Torque Converter   
Hydraulic Tank   
Steering Hydraulic Tank   
Engine Crankcase   
Left Rear Final Drive   
Right Rear Final Drive   
Rear Axle   
Auto Lube Grease (if equipped)   
Left Front Wheel Station   
Right Front Wheel Station   
Window Washer Reservoir   
Fuel   

Table 103
(1)
Check the jacket water level

Tire Inflation - Check


Measure the tire pressure of each tire. Adjust the tire pressure, if necessary. Consult your tire supplier for the correct tire operating pressures and
load ratings.

Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:RDR", "Tire Inflation Information" and Operation and
Maintenance Manual, M0106096, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:TNM", "Tire Inflation Information" for more information.

Suspension Cylinder Charging Procedure


Refer to Special Instruction, REHS4445, "Servicing the Suspension Cylinders for Off-Highway Trucks".

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 164/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Electrical System Power Up Procedure


To power the electrical system of the truck, perform the steps that follow:

1. Ensure that all electrical circuits, wiring, and connections are fitted and connected correctly.

2. Make sure that the machine battery disconnect switch and the ignition key are both in the OFF position.

3. Connect the machine batteries at the battery compartment.

Illustration 337 g03198636


Typical view of the battery master disconnect switch

4. Turn the battery master disconnect switch to the ON position.

5. Turn the ignition key to the ON position.

6. Check and make sure that the machine cab and components are powering up correctly.
Do not start the truck.

Check the Configuration of the Electronic Control Modules (ECM)

Illustration 338 g06440581

1. Connect a laptop computer to ET service connector (A) and VIMS service connector (B).

2. Start ET, ET will list all the electronic control modules for the machine.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 165/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 339 g03201869


Highlighted area is ECM type

Illustration 340 g03201878


Highlighted area is truck serial number

3. ET should also display the truck model and serial number for each control. Ensure that the model and serial number are correct for each
control.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 166/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 341 g03201886


Highlighted area is active codes

Illustration 342 g03202058


Highlighted area is logged codes

4. Select "ACTIVE CODES" from the ET menu. Click the button at the bottom of the screen. The button reads "INCLUDE ALL ECMS". If no
"ACTIVE CODES" appears, then continue. If active fault codes are present, resolve the active faults.

5. Select "LOGGED CODES" from the ET menu. Click the button at the bottom of the screen that reads "INCLUDE ALL ECM's". Clear all
logged codes.

6. Select "DIAGNOSTICS" and choose "EVENTS" from the ET menu. Click the button that reads "INCLUDE ALL ECM's". Clear all logged
events.

7. From ET menu, select "C32 777 Engine ECM". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.

8. In the ET menu select "BRAKE 777 Brake ECM". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.

9. In the ET menu select "MONITOR 777G". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.

10. In the ET menu select "PLE(VIMS)". is enabled if required. Re-configure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.
Configurable "Payload Control System Settings" parameters are as follows:

Machine payload control system installation status

Target payload

Payload overload limit

Green TPMS lamp installation configuration

Red TPMS lamp installation configuration

Truck payload last pass indicator enable status

External payload indicator configuration

OHT payload reweigh

Front axle strut pressure to payload weight ratio configuration

Service lamp installation configuration


Note: Road Analysis Control (if equipped) will come with a factory setting of "3". If the setting is otherwise, It is recommended that the Road
Analysis Control be changed to "3" before truck operation.

11. In the ET menu select "CHASSIS ECM". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.
Note: Configure transmission settings as needed to comply with site-specific requirements.

Configurable Transmission parameters are as follows:


https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 167/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Transmission maximum forward gear

Machine body up speed limit

Loaded machine speed limit

Maximum reverse ground speed

Maximum forward ground speed

Throttle lock enable gear limit

Transmission second gear forward start enable

Transmission neutral idle enable status


Configurable Hoist parameters are as follows:

Hoist system enable status

Hoist lower valve adjustment status


Configurable Auto Lube parameters are as follows:

Auto Lube system installation status

Auto Lube interval

Auto Lube duration


Machine configuration menu parameters should be configured to the specific application as required.

12. In ET menu select "VIMS MAIN MODULE". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.

13. In ET menu select "OBJECT DETECTION SYSTEM 777". Reconfigure any adjustable parameters to the specific application as required.

Check ECM Software Status

Illustration 343 g03202027


Highlighted area is current software

Utilizing Cat ET, verify that all the ECM's and controllers which the truck is equipped with, all have the latest version of software installed. To check
on the latest software available access SIS and under "Service Software Files" tab, enter "Flash Files" section. Enter the serial number of the
machine that being commissioned. The latest controller software version will be displayed and can be downloaded.

Electronic Control Module (ECM) - Flash Program


1. Locate the version of software that you require from SIS in the "Service Software Files" menu.

2. Enter the "Flash Files" menu and enter the serial number of the truck requiring the software flash.

3. Select which version of software required from the list, and download the software to a laptop computer in a file where the software can easily
be found. Downloading the software to the "Desktop" is the preferred location.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 168/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Procedure for Connecting Electronic Technician (ET) to the Electronic Control Module (ECM)
1. Connect a data link cable between the 171-4400 Communication Adapter Gp and the ET.

2. Connect a data link cable between the 171-4400 Communication Adapter Gp and the diagnostic connector of the machine (rear most
connector).

3. Start ET, and allow ET to connect to all available ECM's on the truck.

Illustration 344 g03202125


Highlighted area is winflash tab

4. Select the "Winflash" tab at the top of the ET screen to open the software flash utility screen.

5. Select the ECM required.

6. Click on the "Select a flash file" tab, then browse and select the file which was saved to in Step 3. Ensure that the flash file is correct for the
ECM selected.

Illustration 345 g03202135


Flash button

7. Click the "Begin Flash" tab at the lower left of the screen to begin the software upload.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 169/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 346 g03202144


Highlighted area flash file

8. Follow the prompts on the screen to complete the software upload to the ECM.

Activation of the Hoist Controls for the Truck Body

Illustration 347 g03202175


Highlighted area is hoist system enable

The activation of the hoist controls may be required on the 777G Off-Highway Truck upon delivery to enable the hoist system to function.

Note: The software for ET must be used to set the following parameters. Use the latest version of the ET software. Enable the Hoist System (an
adjustable parameter).

Verify that the hoist system is enabled by selecting "CONFIGURATION TOOL", then select "CHASSIS ECM". Click the hoist enable tab to
enable/disable the hoist control settings.

Vital Information Management System (VIMS) Setup


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, KENR9941, "777G Off-Highway Truck VIMS, 3G, and Payload".

Refer to Special Instruction, REHS7412, "Software Installation Guide for Large Off-Highway Trucks" for information regarding the software update
and installation procedure for the 777G Off-Highway Trucks.

1. Connect a laptop computer to the Caterpillar "VIMS" service connector. The "VIMS" service connector is located to the left rear of the
operator seat (forward connector).
Note: When the key is in the ON position, VIMS will perform a four to six second self-tests. Disregard the "VIMS" self-test at this time.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 170/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 348 g03202206

2. Use a laptop computer to open up "VIMSpc."

3. Enter "STATUS" to verify that the system is functioning correctly.

4. Verify that the "Product ID" matches the machine serial number.

5. Verify that all the settings are correct to the application.


Refer to System Operation, Testing and Adjusting, KENR9941, "777G Off-Highway Truck VIMS, 3G, and Payload" for system setup
guidelines.

Information Display Monitor Setup


Refer to Service Manual, KENR9938, "770G, 772G, and 777G Off-Highway Trucks and 773G and 775G Quarry Trucks Monitoring System" to
perform the setup for the Advisor Monitoring System.

Setup Scoreboard in the PLE Webpage


1. In Cat ET select "Utilities".

Illustration 349 g06541436


Cat ET screen

2. Browse "Network Devices" and click "Detect".


https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 171/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 350 g06541376


Cat ET screen

3. Select "PL Elite Monitoring System" and click "Launch".

Illustration 351 g06541419


Cat ET screen

4. Select "Settings".

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 172/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 352 g06541446


Cat ET screen

5. Select "Serial Ports Configuration".

Illustration 353 g06542323


Selection screen

6. For "RS-232 #3", Change "Feature" to "Scoreboard" and select "Save Changes."

7. Reboot the Device.

Prepare to Start the Engine


1. Verify that all the fluid levels are at an acceptable level.
Note: Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106394, "777G Off-Highway TruckS/N:RDR", "Capacities (Refill)" or Operation and
Maintenance Manual, M0106096, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:TNM", "Capacities (Refill)" for fluid capacities.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 173/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 354 g06271926


View of the manual engine shutdown switch

2. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the OFF position.


Note: The engine should be disabled allowing the engine to crank, but the engine will not start.

3. Chock the wheels.

4. Engage the parking brake.

5. Prime the pump drive housing and the hoist pump with the recommended oil or crank the engine. Crank the engine over two times for 15
seconds to fully prime and pre-lube all hydraulic and engine components.

NOTICE
Low brake pressure condition will cause the alert indicator to
flash. The VIMS message center should provide the following
instruction: DO NOT MOVE THE MACHINE

6. Verify that the fluids are at an acceptable level.


Note: Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, SEBU8095, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:RDR", "Capacities (Refill)" or Operation and
Maintenance Manual, SEBU8227, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:TNM", "Capacities (Refill)" for fluid capacities.

Engine Start-Up

Illustration 355 g06271926


View of the manual engine shutdown switch

1. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the ON position to prepare to start the engine.

2. Start the engine. Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:RDR", "Engine Starting" or
Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106096, "777G Off-Highway Truck S/N:TNM", "Engine Starting" for additional instructions on starting
the engine.
Note: The Information screen may instruct the operator to shutdown the engine to resolve any issues. All issues must be resolved before
restarting the engine.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 174/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

3. Start the engine and run the engine for 30 seconds.

4. Turn the key to the OFF position.

5. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the OFF position.

6. Check for leaks.

7. As needed, check the following systems and fill the following systems:

Transmission and Torque Converter

Engine oil

Steering Circuit

Brake and Hoist

Engine coolant system

8. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the ON position.

9. Start the engine and run the engine for 60 seconds.

10. With the engine running, turn the steering wheel from the center position three rotations to the left. Then turn the steering wheel back to the
center position.

11. With the engine running, turn the steering wheel from the center position three rotations to the right. Then turn the steering wheel back to the
center position.
Note: If improper steering function is noticed. Refer to Service Manual, KENR9935, "777G Off-Highway Truck Steering System
Troubleshooting".

12. Turn the key to the OFF position.

13. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the OFF position.

14. Check for leaks.

15. Move the manual engine shutdown switch to the ON position.

16. Restart the engine.

17. Operate the engine until normal operation temperatures are reached.

18. Check for leaks.

19. Adjust all the fluid levels, as required.

Install the Pad Assembly (Dump Body)


Note: This step cannot be done until commissioning of the engine and the enabling of the hoist has been initiated in Cat ET.

1. Raise and secure the dump body.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 175/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 356 g02989419


(B) Pad assembly

(C) Plate

2. Remove two pad assemblies (b) and two plates (C) from the two shoes on the frame. Retain pad assemblies (B), plates (C), and the
hardware.
Note: Pad assemblies (B) and plates (C) are shipped attached to the two shoes.

Illustration 357 g02989438


(26) Shim

(27) Pad assembly

3. Stack one pad assembly (27) and one shim (26) at each pad mounting location on the frame rails.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 176/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 358 g02989476


(26) Shim

(27) Pad assembly

4. Remove the safety devices and slowly lower the dump body until the body touches the pad assemblies and shims.

5. Add shims (26) one at a time, until there are no gaps between pad assemblies (27) and the dump body.

6. Raise the dump body. Secure the dump body.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 177/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 359 g02989522


(20) Bolt

(21) Hard
washer

(26) Shim

(27) Pad assembly

7. Secure pad assemblies (27) and shims (26) to the dump body by using 20 bolts (20) and 20 hard washers (21). Tighten bolts (20) to a torque
of 100 ± 20 N·m (74 ± 15 lb ft).

Illustration 360 g02989536


(B) Pad assembly

(C) Plate

(26) Shim

8. Return two pad assemblies (B) and two plates (C) to the shoes.

9. Remove the safety devices and slowly lower the dump body until the pad assemblies contact the frame rails.

10. Add shims (26) one at a time, until there are no gaps between pad assemblies (b) and the dump body.
Note: Each shim (26) is 2 mm (0.079 inch) thick.
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 178/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

11. Raise the dump body. Secure the dump body.

12. Add one more shim (26) beneath each pad assembly (B).

13. Secure pad assemblies (B) to the shoes with the hardware that was removed in Step 2. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 100 ± 20 N·m
(74 ± 15 lb ft).

14. Remove the safety devices and lower the body to make sure that all mounted pad assemblies have even contact with the frame. Add shims
(26) as needed.

Purge the Air from the Hydraulic Brake System


Refer to Service Manual, KENR9933, "777G Off-Highway Truck Hydraulic and Braking System Testing and Adjusting Brake System Air - Purge".

Illustration 361 g03213201


View of the service brake port and the parking brake port

1. Attach a gauge hose from the service brake tap to the parking brake tap. The service brake tap is indicated by a "S" and the parking brake
tap is indicated by a "P".

2. Chock the wheels, start the engine, and wait for the brake charge indicator on the control panel to turn off.

3. Pull the retarder lever. Leave the retarder lever in this position for 2 minutes and then release the retarder lever.

4. Depress the service brake pedal. Leave the service brake pedal depressed for 2 minutes and then release the service brake pedal.

5. Position the transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position. Leave the transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL for 2 minutes.

6. Position the transmission control in the PARK position.

7. Repeat Step 1 through Step 6 for the other three wheels.

8. When finished, remove the gauge hose from the service brake tap and the parking brake tap.

9. Engage the various brakes and ensure that the low brake accumulator pressure warning does not come on.

10. If low brake accumulator pressure warning comes on, repeat this procedure until the low brake accumulator pressure warning does not come
on.

Variable Speed Fan Test (If Equipped)


Machine Model:  Date: 
Machine Serial Number:  Machine Hours: 
Engine Software Part Number:  Software Release Date: 

Table 104

Fan speed is controlled by modulating current to the cooling fan solenoid based on temperatures and brake status. If any of the temperatures are
unknown because the temperature sensors fail, the fan will run at full speed (minimum current).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 179/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

1. At start-up, with retarder released and the engine at low idle the desired fan speed is 200 rpm.
Control pressure starts at 69 kPa (10 psi) and slowly drops to 62.75 kPa (9.1 psi) as actual fan speed decreases to 200rpm. Control pressure
eventually stabilizes at 64 kPa (9.3 psi). Lube pressure quickly goes to 414 kPa (60 psi) and slowly stabilizes around 345 kPa (50 psi).

2. With the retarder engaged and the engine at high idle the desired fan speed is 1088 rpm. Control pressure starts at 117 kPa (17 psi) and
slowly drops and stabilizes around 110 kPa (16 psi) as actual fan speed slowly increases to 1088 rpm. Lube pressure continuously stays at
about 345 kPa (50 psi).

3. At high idle, with the retarder released, desired fan speed drops to 200 rpm. Control pressure drops to around 28 kPa (4 psi) and stabilizes at
24 kPa (3.5 psi) as actual fan speed slowly decreases to 200 rpm. Lube pressure continuously stays at about 345 kPa (50 psi).

Observe the desired and actual fans speeds. The engine fan bypass percent (current to fan control solenoid) will change gradually until the actual
engine fan speed becomes close to the desired engine fan speed. The fan bypass percent changes gradually so that there are no abrupt changes
in the fan speed.

Test  Desired Fan Speed  Actual Fan Speed  Control Pressure  Fan Bypass % 
Retarder OFF at Low Idle  200 rpm       
Retarder ON at Low Idle  1088 rpm       
Retarder ON at High Idle  1088 rpm       

Table 105

Use ET and observe the variable speed fan status. Add additional parameters as desired.

Illustration 362 g03315517


ET screen with retarder OFF at low idle

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 180/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 363 g03315598


ET screen with retarder ON at high idle

Transmission Clutch Engagement Pressure Calibration (Using Caterpillar Electronic


Technician) and Calibrate the Transmission
Use the ET to calibrate the transmission clutch pressures. The procedures are performed to compensate for variations in the transmission
components.

Note: The torque converter lockup clutch calibration procedure is performed during the calibration procedure for the seven transmission clutches.

Illustration 364 g03703117

When it is necessary to work under the machine with the body


(bed) raised, attach the body (bed) retaining cables to the body
retaining pins. Install the body retaining pins through the ends
of the retaining cables. Always use both retaining cables.

Failure to properly secure the body (bed) may result in personal


injury or death.

Incorrect transmission clutch pressure adversely affects the life of the transmission. In this process, the service technician adjusts the electrical
current sent to the transmission solenoid valve to obtain the specified pressure for the transmission clutch. The transmission main relief valve must
be set to the specification.

Refer to Testing and Adjusting, KENR9927, "Transmission Pressures - Test and Adjust" for information about setting the relief valve.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 181/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Calibration is required in the following situations:

Before dealer delivery to the customer.

After replacing the transmission ECM

After replacing or servicing any of the ECPC valves or the main relief valve

After replacing or rebuilding the transmission or torque converter

After replacing the transmission control charge pump

Degradation in shift quality

The transmission ECM must detect the following conditions before starting the calibration procedure:

1. The parking brakes are ENGAGED.

2. The service brakes are RELEASED.

3. The engine speed is at low idle (approximately 700 rpm).

4. The gear selector is in the PARK position.

5. The transmission oil temperature is above 70 °C (158 °F) and below 85 °C (185 °F).
Note: After the test begins, temperature must stay at 65° C (149° F) to 105° C (221° F)

6. The transmission output speed (TOS) is 0 rpm.

7. There are no active clutch solenoid diagnostic codes.

8. There are no active transmission or torque converter speed sensor diagnostic codes.

9. There are no active transmission or torque converter temperature sensor diagnostic codes.

If any of these conditions are not met during the calibration, the procedure is aborted immediately.

Illustration 365 g03344914

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 182/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Rear view of torque convertor


(10) Temperature sensor (torque convertor outlet)

(11) Liquid level sensor (transmission and torque convertor oil)

(29) Relief valve (torque convertor inlet)

(31) Modulating valve (torque convertor lockup clutch)

(34) Pressure tap for the torque convertor inlet pressure

(36) Pressure tap for the torque convertor outlet pressure

Illustration 366 g02209216


Top view of the transmission
(1) Number 1 clutch modulating valve

(2) Number 2 clutch modulating valve

(3) Number 3 clutch modulating valve

(4) Number 4 clutch modulating valve

(5) Number 5 clutch modulating valve

(6) Number 6 clutch modulating valve

(7) Number 7 clutch modulating valve

(8) Main relief valve

(9) Lubrication relief valve (transmission)

The sustain pressure calibration requires pressure gauges to measure the actual pressure in the clutch. The Data View diagnostic tool should be
used when possible. Eight pressure gauges should be installed before the calibration procedure begins. The transmission ECPC valve pressure
taps are under the cover of the transmission and the lockup clutch (LUC) ECPC is on the torque converter case.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 183/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 367 g01283296


ET Calibration Screen

Use the Cat ET to calibrate the transmission clutch pressures. Select the “CALIBRATION” option from the Service Menu in Cat ET. Follow the
instructions that are provided. Use the Cat ET to increase the individual pressure of the clutch. Use the Cat ET to decrease the individual pressure
of the clutch. The pressure changes can be viewed on the pressure gauge.

Reference: To calibrate the transmission. Refer to Service Manual, M0106099, "Testing and Adjusting Transmission Fill".

1. Connect the communication cable between a laptop computer, equipped with a current version of Cat ET software, and the service connector
of the truck.

Illustration 368 g03204557

2. Open ET and select "Chassis ECM". On the top tool bar, click the tab labeled "Service". At the bottom of the drop-down box, click
"Calibrations" and select "Transmission Fill Calibration". A "Setup Conditions" box will appear. When conditions are met, click "Next".

3. Follow the instructions provided. Approximately 15 minutes are required to complete the fill calibration.
Note: During calibration, engine speed will be set automatically. Calibration will abort and error codes will appear on the ET display screen if
any of the listed calibration conditions are not met.
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 184/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

4. When finished, a dialog box in ET will show whether the calibration was successful or unsuccessful.

Power Train Test


777G Off-Highway Truck Power Train Test 
Machine Model ________________________________________  Date: _________________________________ 
Machine Serial No. _____________________________________  Machine Hours: _________________________ 
Transmission Serial No. _________________________________  Transmission Hours: _____________________ 
Converter Serial No. ____________________________________  Converter Hours: ________________________ 
Chassis ECM Part No. __________________________________  Chassis ECM Serial No. __________________ 
Software Part No. ______________________________________  Software Release Date: __________________ 
Visual Checks 
Oil Brand and Viscosity: _________________________________  Oil Level: _____________________________ 
Suction Screen Debris: __________________________________  Oil Leaks: ____________________________ 
Oil Filter Examination: ___________________________________  Air/Water In Oil: ________________________ 

Table 106

NOTICE
The wheels must be chocked during all Power Train Tests

Transmission Pump, Lube, and Converter Pressure Tests


Transmission Pump, Lube, and Converter Pressure Tests 
Specifications  Actual 
Description  Low High
Low Idle High Idle 
Idle  Idle 
Minimum
Maximum 2895 ± 137 kPa
Transmission Pump Pressure (Tap Number 8)  2585 ± 172 kPa    
(420 ± 20 psi) 
(375 ± 25 psi) 
7 kPa (1.0 psi) to
Lube Pressure (RH side of Transmission)  170 kPa (25psi) to 275 kPa (40 psi)     
55 kPa (8.0 psi) 
Torque Converter Inlet Pressure at Low Idle and High Idle (top Maximum at High Idle with Cold Oil
103 kPa (15 psi)     
valve on LH side of Torque Converter)  955 ± 95 kPa (138 ± 15 psi) 
Torque Converter Outlet Pressure at Stall RPM (lower tap on
No Specification  380 kPa (55 psi) to 520 kPa (75 psi)     
LH side of Torque Converter) 
Torque Converter Stall RPM  1525 to 1655 rpm   
Transmission Oil Temperature (during tests)  69° C (156 ° F) to 100° C (212 ° F)   
Torque Converter Oil Temperature (during tests)  80° C (176 ° F) to 121° C (250 ° F)   

Table 107

Note: Transmission taps are numbered 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 from front to rear.

Note: Use information display "Transmission Test" to run "Converter Outlet Pressure" and "Stall RPM Test."

Transmission Pump Pressure (Main relief)

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 185/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 369 g06496314

1. Use two 6V-4143 Quick Connect Couplers and 177-7862 Hose As to connect 8T-0855 Pressure Gauge to the nipple at pressure tap number
8.

2. Start the engine. Run the engine at low idle rpm while the transmission is in the PARK position. The pressure on the gauge should be a
minimum of 2280 kPa (330 psi) while the lockup clutch solenoid is deactivated.

3. Run the engine at high idle rpm while the transmission is in the PARK position. The maximum pressure on the gauge should be 2830 kPa
(410 psi) while the lockup clutch is deactivated.

4. When this test is complete, stop the engine and remove the test equipment.

Lube Pressure Test Procedure

Illustration 370 g06496320


View of lube pressure tap

1. Connect tooling to pressure tap.

2. Ensure that the transmission control is in the PARK position and start the engine.

3. Increase the engine speed to high idle. Check the pressure and record.

4. When this test is complete, stop the engine and remove the test equipment.

Torque Converter Inlet Pressure - Test Procedure

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 186/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 371 g03210139

1. Use two 6V-4143 Quick Connect Coupler and 177-7862 Hose As to connect 8T-0855 Pressure Gauge to the nipple at pressure tap number 3.

2. Start the engine while the parking brakes are engaged.

3. Run the engine at low idle rpm while the transmission is in the NEUTRAL position. The pressure on the gauge should be a minimum of
103 kPa (15 psi) while the lockup clutch solenoid is deactivated.

4. Run the engine at high idle rpm while the transmission is in the NEUTRAL position. The maximum pressure on the gauge should be 955 kPa
(138 psi) while the lockup clutch is deactivated.

5. When the test is complete, stop the engine and remove the test equipment.

For additional information on Testing and Adjusting the torque converter and transmission pressures refer to Service Manual, KENR9927, "777G
Off-Highway Truck Power Train - Testing and Adjusting".

Transmission Fill Calibration Procedure


ET conducts this test automatically.

Note: Remove all test equipment from the transmission before performing transmission fill calibration.

Illustration 372 g03212737

1. On the ET toolbar, click "Service - Calibration - Transmission Fill Calibration".

2. When set-up conditions are met, choose "Next" to continue.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 187/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

3. Engine speed will increase. Each clutch will be selected for calibration. Another clutch will be engaged to provide a load to the clutch being
calibrated. The clutch being calibrated will engage and disengage until the ECM is satisfied that the clutch Fill calibration is complete.
The calibration will continue until all the clutches have been calibrated or until the user aborts the procedure by selecting "Cancel" or any of
the required conditions are changed or out of range. An example would be if the transmission oil temperature drops below the minimum limit.

Clutch Fill Calibration Completed Successfully:  Yes  NO 

Table 108

777G Off-Highway Truck Brake System Tests

NOTICE
The wheels must be chocked for all brake tests

Illustration 373 g03244421


Using the ET screens, ECM summary, logged diagnostic codes, and the configuration screen, fill in the information requested.

777G Off-Highway Truck Brake System Tests 


Machine Model: _________________________  Date: ______________________ 
Machine Serial Number: ___________________  Machine Hours: ______________ 
ECM Part Number: _______________________  ECM Serial Number: _____________ 
Equipment ID: ___________________________  Brake ECM Software Part Number and Date: _______________ 

Table 109

Brake Pump Test


Brake Pump Test 
Test  Specification  Actual 
Brake Oil Temperature (during tests)  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
5512 kPa (800 psi) at 70° C
Parking Brake Accumulator (Front) Nitrogen Pressure   
(158° F) 
5512 kPa (800 psi) at 70° C
Service Brake Accumulator (Rear) Nitrogen Pressure   
(158° F) 
18890 kPa (2740 psi) to 20270 kPa
Service Brake Cut-Out Pressure at LI (tap below brake accumulators)   
(2940 psi) 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 188/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

15410 kPa (2235 psi) to 16790 kPa


Service Brake Cut-In Pressure at LI (tap below brake accumulators)   
(2435 psi) 
Pump Standby Pressure at LI (tap before brake filter)  Less than 1375 kPa (200 psi)   
1.
____________________

2.

Cycle time from Cut-In to Cut-Out at Low Idle, Service Brake Released, and ____________________

Less than 5 seconds 

Parking Brake Engaged  3.


____________________

Average:

_______________ 
1.
_____________________
2.
Cycle time from Cut-Out to Cut-In at Low Idle, Service Brake Released, and _____________________
15 to 120 seconds 
Parking Brake Engaged  3.
_____________________
Average:
_______________ 

Table 110

Accumulator Pressure Bleed-Down


Accumulator Pressure Bleed-Down 
Test  Specification  Actual 
1. ____________________

2. ____________________

Accumulator Pressure Bleed-Down Time after Engine


Less than 30 seconds  3. ____________________

Shutdown with Key Switch 

Average:
_______________ 
start
:______________________
psi

after 30 seconds:
____________ psi

after 1 minute:

_______________ psi

after 1.5 minutes:

Accumulator Pressure Bleed-Down Time after Engine No Specification Previous Tests Approximately
_____________ psi

Shutdown with Ground Level Shutdown Switch  10340 kPa (1500 psi) after 5 minutes 
after 2 minutes:
______________ psi

after 3 minutes:

______________ psi

after 4 minutes:

______________ psi

after 5 minutes:

______________ psi 

Table 111

Service Brake Application Test


Note: Conditions: Engine at low idle, transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position, and apply the service brake.

Service Brake Application Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Brake Oil Temperature (during tests)  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
Left Wheel:
5380 kPa (780 psi) to 6760 kPa ____________________

Rear Brake Pressure (pressure taps at wheels) 

(980 psi)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 
Left Wheel:
Rear Brake Pressure - Brakes Released (pressure taps at ____________________

less than 140 kPa (20 psi) 

wheels)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 
Left Wheel:
5380 kPa (780 psi) to 6760 kPa ____________________

Front Brake Pressure (pressure taps at wheels) 

(980 psi)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 189/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Left Wheel:
Front Brake Pressure - Brakes Released (pressure tap at ____________________

less than 140 kPa (20 psi) 

wheels)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 

Table 112

Manual Retarder Brake Application Test


Note: Conditions: Engine at low idle, transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position, apply the retarder lever. The retarder indicator should be
ON.

Manual Retarder Brake Application Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Brake Oil Temperature (during tests)  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
Left Wheel:
4275 kPa (620 psi) to 5655 kPa ____________________

Rear Brake Pressure (pressure taps at wheels) 

(820 psi)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 
Left Wheel:
Rear Brake Pressure - Brakes Released (pressure taps at ____________________

less than 140 kPa (20 psi) 

wheels)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 
Left Wheel:
4275 kPa (620 psi) to 5655 kPa ____________________

Front Brake Pressure (pressure taps at wheels) 

(820 psi)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 
Left Wheel:
Front Brake Pressure - Brakes Released (pressure tap at ____________________

less than 140 kPa (20 psi) 

wheels)  Right Wheel:


___________________ 

Table 113

Secondary/Parking Brake Application Test


1. With the engine running at low idle, the secondary brake pedal RELEASED, and the transmission control lever in the PARK position the
parking brake pressure will be the following:
Specification 
Less than 140 kPa (20 psi)   

Table 114

Note: The parking brake indicator should be ON.

2. With the secondary brake pedal RELEASED. Apply the service brakes and move the transmission control lever into the NEUTRAL position.
The parking brake pressure will be the following:
Specification 
4340 kPa (630 psi) to 5720 kPa (830 psi)   

Table 115

Note: The parking brake indicator should be OFF.

3. With the transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position. Depress the secondary pedal to "FULL" travel. The parking brake pressure will
be the following:
Specification 
Less than 140 kPa (20 psi)   

Table 116

4. With the transmission lever in the NEUTRAL position. Release the secondary brake pedal. The parking brake pressure will be the following:
Specification 
4340 kPa (630 psi) to 5720 kPa (830 psi)   

Table 117

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 190/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

5. Using the ground level shutoff switch, stop the engine. The parking brake pressure will remain above the following pressure for at least 60
seconds.
Specification 
Less than 3795 kPa (550 psi)   

Table 118

6. Depress the secondary brake pedal to "FULL" travel. The parking brake pressure will be the following:
Specification 
Less than 140 kPa (20 psi)   

Table 119

Auto Retarder Control (ARC) Functional Test


1. Record the brake configuration desired engine retard speed 1750 to 2000 rpm: Programmed rpm __________________.

2. Connect a 0 to 6895 kPa (1000 psi) gauge to a slack adjuster.

3. Run the engine at low idle.

4. Turn ON the ARC On/Off switch located in the cab.

5. Using ET, choose "Brake ECM".

6. On the ET screen toolbar, select "Diagnostics - Diagnostics Tests - Auto Retard Test".

7. Click the start button and the auto retarder test will be turned ON.

Illustration 374 g03247777

8. The ARC control solenoid current will sweep from 0 to 48 percent.

9. Observe the front and rear slack adjuster pressure increase and decrease accordingly.

Auto Retarder Control (ARC) Functional Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Brake Oil Temperature (during tests)  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
Rear Brake Pressure with 48 percent ARC Control (pressure tap at rear slack adjuster)  Approximately 1965 kPa (285 psi)   
Front Brake Pressure with 48 percent ARC Control (pressure tap at front slack adjuster)  1965 kPa (285 psi)   

Table 120

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 191/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Note: Pressure starts to increase at 30 percent ARC Control.

Towing Pump Functional Test


1. Start the engine and put the transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position.

2. Shut down the engine and allow at least 30 seconds for the accumulators to reduce pressure.

3. Turn the keyswitch to the ON position.

4. Move the manual valve toggle handle on the tow valve to the TOWING position. Check that the park brake pressure drops to within 140
(−5 psi) and that the park brake is engaged.

5. Hold the secondary steering pump switch and verify that the park brake pressure is greater than or equal to 4700 kPa (680 psi) and that the
parking brake is dis-engaged.

6. Put the transmission control lever in the PARK position. Move the manual valve toggle handle on the tow valve to the OPERATION position.

7. Start the engine and put the transmission control lever in the NEUTRAL position.

8. At low idle, check that the park brake pressure is greater than or equal to 4700 kPa (680 psi) and that the park brake is dis-engaged.

Towing Pump Functional Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Park Brake Pressure in TOWING position  140 kPa (20 psi)   
Park Brake Pressure with Secondary Steering Pump engaged  4700 kPa (680 psi)   
Park Brake Pressure at Low Idle  4700 kPa (680 psi)   

Table 121

Brake Holding Capacity Test


1. Start the engine and let the brake accumulators charge to operating pressure (approximately 30 seconds).

2. Apply the desired brake (engage and hold).

3. Move the transmission control lever to the FIRST SPEED FORWARD position. Placing the transmission control lever in gear will release the
parking brake.

4. Gradually increase the engine speed to 1200 rpm. The machine should not move.

5. Engine rpm at the beginning of machine movement, with the brakes engaged, should be compared against the engine rpm the machine was
able to hold on a prior test, as an indication of system deterioration.

6. Reduce the engine speed to low idle and move the transmission control lever into the PARK position. The parking brake will engage.

Brake Holding Capacity Test 


Service Brake: _______________________________________ rpm 
Secondary Brake: ____________________________________ rpm 
Retarder Brake: ______________________________________ rpm 

Table 122

Note: Truck must not move below 1200 rpm.

Brake Cooling Test


1. Connect a 20685 kPa (3000 psi) gauge to the hoist pump and 345 kPa (50 psi) gauge to the brake cooling lines at the front and rear wheels.

2. Record the "Hoist System Configuration" hoist lower valve adjustment status in ET (-5 to 5) “0” is default.

Brake Cooling Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Brake Oil Temperature  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
Brake Cooling Oil Pressure (hoist output in SNUB)
(Tap at Hoist Pump)
Low Idle: _______________________

Relief Valve Setting: 585 ± 15 kPa (85 ± 2 psi) 


Maximum 1725 kPa (250
psi)  High Idle: _______________________ 

Table 123

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 192/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Brake Cooling Oil Pressure at Rear Wheels (Hoist Output in SNUB) 


Test  Inlet  Outlet 
Low Idle: _____________
Low Idle: ____________

Left Rear Wheel 


High Idle: _____________  High Idle: ____________ 
Low Idle: _____________
Low Idle: ____________

Right Rear Wheel 


High Idle: _____________  High Idle: ____________ 

Table 124

Primary Steering System Hydraulic - Test


Note: Test the primary steering system hydraulic system pressures prior to the initial field operation of the machine.

Refer to Testing and Adjusting, KENR9935, "Piston Pump (Steering) Pressure - Test and Adjust".

Steering System Pressure Testing Procedure


Locate the steering system pressure port. The steering control manifold is mounted on right frame behind the right front suspension cylinder. The
steering system pressure test port is located to one of the larger tubes connected to the front of the steering control manifold. Attach pressure test
equipment 0 to 41369 kPa (6000 psi) to the steering system pressure test port.

Note: Low Idle is 700 rpm +/- 30 rpm and High Idle is 1935 rpm +/- 30 rpm.

Primary Steering Pressure


1. Start the engine.

2. Operate the engine at High Idle.

3. Turn the steering wheel to the right or left until the steering cylinder stop is reached. Hold the steering wheel in this position for 3 seconds and
then release the steering wheel. Continue this step until the oil in the steering system reaches at least 38° C (100° F) to 93° C (200° F).
Note: The pressure gauge needs to withstand the maximum pressure from the steering piston pump.

4. Operate the engine at High Idle. Turn the wheels to the right or left until the steering cylinder stop is reached. Check the pressure while the
turning the steering wheel against the stop. The pressure setting of the high-pressure cutoff valve at zero flow is 20685 kPa (3000 psi) to
22065 kPa (3200 psi).

Standby Steering Pressure Test


1. Start the engine.

2. Turn the steering wheel to the right or left until the steering cylinder stop is reached. Hold the steering wheel in this position for 3 seconds and
then release the steering wheel. Continue this step until the oil in the steering system reaches at least 38° C (100° F) to 93° C (200° F).
Note: The steering system pressure will drop to low-pressure standby when the steering wheel is not turned.

3. Check the standby pressure at the pressure tap for the steering system. The pressure tap is part of the steering control manifold. The
steering control manifold is mounted on the outside of the right frame behind the suspension cylinder.
Note: The pressure gauge needs to withstand the maximum pressure from the steering piston pump.

4. Operate the engine at High Idle. Check the pressure without turning the steering wheel. The pressure setting of the flow compensator valve is
2000 kPa (290 psi) to 3620 kPa (525 psi). Do not turn the steering wheel.

5. If pressure needs adjusted, stop the engine.

Primary Steering System Hydraulic Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Steering Oil Temperature (during tests)  38° C (100° F) to 93° C (200° F)   
1._____________________

Cycle time at High Idle


2._____________________

6 to 7 Seconds 
From left to right and right to left on hard surface
with all brakes released  3._____________________

Average:_______________ 

Left:___________________

Primary Steering at Low Idle (steer hard against stops)  21200 to 700 kPa (3075 to 102 psi) 
Right:___________________ 

Low-Pressure Standby at Low Idle  Max 3620 kPa (525 psi)   

Table 125

Secondary Steering - Test


https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 193/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

NOTICE
Personal injury or death can occur if steering is lost completely
during operation. Do not continue to operate the machine using
the secondary steering. If the secondary steering activates
during operation, immediately park the machine in a safe
location. Inspect the machine and correct the condition which
caused the use of the secondary steering.

NOTICE
Extended operation of the secondary steering motor could
damage the motor and result in loss of emergency steering
capability, which could cause injury or death. The secondary
steering system should not be used for towing the machine or
for other service procedures lasting longer than 5 minutes. The
motor should be allowed to cool to ambient temperatures before
reuse.

NOTICE
The secondary steering switch should always be in the AUTO
position during normal operation, ensuring that secondary
steering capability is immediately available if the primary
steering system fails.

NOTICE
To minimize battery drain, leave the switch in the MANUAL
position long enough to test the secondary steering. Return the
switch to the AUTO position immediately after testing.

Illustration 375 g03222077


l
Typical view of the brake release/secondary steering switch on the overhead switch panel
(1) Brake secondary switch
Note: Brake release/ Secondary steering switch (1) is on the overhead switch panel.

1. With engine running and machine lockout NOT active, park the machine on a level hard surface. Chock the rear wheels.

2. Place the hoist control in the HOLD position.

3. Place the transmission control in the NEUTRAL position. Confirm that the park brake indicator light on the dash is not illuminated(park brake
is released).

4. Stop the engine with the ground level switch on the front bumper.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 194/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Note: After the engine is stopped, there is limited time to perform Step 5 and Step 6 before the parking brake engages due to the brake
accumulators bleeding down.

Illustration 376 g03222336


View of secondary steering pump

5. Push the top of brake release/secondary steering switch (1) and hold the switch to manually activate the brake release and secondary
steering pump.

6. Turn the steering wheel to one side. Confirm that the wheels turn.

7. Turn the steering wheel to one side. Confirm that the wheels turn.

8. Release the switch to return the switch to the AUTO position.

Note: The secondary steering response should be similar to the primary steering response. If the secondary steering does not function properly,
consult your Cat dealer

Traction Control System (TCS) - Test


Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094, "Traction Control System (TCS) - Test"

This test is used to verify the operation of the traction control system (TCS). The machine must be stationary with the parking brake engaged.
Service personnel should monitor the hydraulic brake oil pressure for the correct operation.

1. Chock the tires and engage the park brakes.

2. Install two 0 to 6895 kPa (1000 psi) pressure gauges on the rear service brake test ports (1 gauge per side of the truck).

3. Simultaneously release the retarder lever and the service brake pedal, and press the TCS test switch.

4. Watch for an increase in the right brake pressure and a decrease in the left brake pressure. After a short pause, watch for an increase in the
right brake pressure and a decrease in the left brake pressure. The test will repeat while the TCS test is in the ENGAGED position.
Note: The test of the TCS will terminate if a fault is detected during the test. Follow the instructions that are displayed on the Cat ET screen to
complete this procedure.

Alternate Traction Control System (TCS) - Test


1. Connect two 0 to 6895 kPa (1000 psi) pressure gauges to the service brake pressure taps on the rear axle.

2. Using ET, select the Chassis ECM.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 195/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 377 g03222796

3. Select the "Traction Control Status Group".

4. Run the engine at Low Idle.

5. Run the test with the wheels turned to the right and repeat the test with the wheels turned to the left. Run the test in "FIRST GEAR" with the
TCS test switch depressed. The brakes will engage and release intermittently.

Duo-Cone Break- In Procedure


The break-in procedure must be performed as a continuous section. The time that is required to carry out the break-in procedure is 25 minutes.
This procedure should be performed when the wheels turn for the first time. This procedure may also be done after you purge the air from the
brake system as long as the wheels are not turned before the air is purged from the brake system. Follow the break-in procedure in the sequence
below:

Note: If test is performed on stand instead of tires, do not exceed SECOND GEAR.

1. Operate the machine at low idle rpm in FIRST GEAR for 5 minutes.

2. Operate the machine at high idle rpm in FIRST GEAR for 5 minutes.

3. Operate the machine at high idle rpm in SECOND GEAR for 5 minutes.

4. Operate the machine at high idle rpm in THIRD GEAR for 5 minutes.

5. Operate the machine at high idle rpm in FOURTH GEAR for 5 minutes.

Adjustment for Hoist Lower Valve


The command for the hoist lower valve is adjustable. An adjustable command can compensate for the differences between the valves. The
adjustment range is -5 to +5 with zero as the default. A positive adjustment factor will increase the lower valve command. This pressure causes the
body to come down harder. A negative adjustment factor will decrease the lower valve command. This pressure causes the body to come down
softer.

The Adjustment for the Hoist Lower Valve may not be available on earlier ECM systems. The adjustment range may be from 0 to 10 with 5 as the
default on some early ECM systems.

Note: When the Adjustment for the Hoist Lower Valve is set too high, too much oil can be diverted to the hoist system while the hoist system is in
float mode. Too much oil causes the brake oil to heat up faster. Retarding capability is also decreased. To set the Adjustment for the Hoist Lower
Valve, follow the procedure below.

1. Raise the body of the truck and install the body retaining pins.

2. Place a 6V-7830 Tetragauge or place a 3.45 MPa (500 psi) gauge with a hose extension on the outlet port of the hoist pump.
Note: Remove the body pins and lower the body to the frame.

3. While the body is down, place the hoist lever in the HOLD position.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 196/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 378 g03223019

4. Enter the configure parameter screen through the pull-down service menu in the Electronic Technician (ET).

5. Change the Adjustment for the Hoist Lower Valve to a setting that is desired from -5 to 5. The procedure begins at 0. Adjust the settings in
increments of 1 in the positive position or in the negative position.
Note: If you are using a 3.45 MPa (500 psi) gauge, remove the gauge from the extension.

6. Raise the body to the middle position.

7. Lower the body to the frame.

8. If a 6V-7830 Tetragauge is not installed, shut off the engine and install a 3.45 MPa (500 psi) gauge. Start the engine and run the engine to
high idle. Cycle the hoist lever to the FLOAT position and to the HOLD position. Do not power down or raise the bed if you are using a
3.45 MPa (500 psi) gauge. Damage may occur to the gauge.

9. While the engine is running, place the hoist lever in the FLOAT position.

10. Run the engine to high idle. Verify that the pressure at the hoist outlet port is less than 1724 kPa (250 psi).

Note: When the pressure is greater than 1724 kPa (250 psi), the adjustment is set too high. This pressure causes too much oil to be diverted to the
hoist valve. Too much oil causes the brake oil to overheat when the body is in the FLOAT position. Lower the adjustment setting and repeat Step 4
through Step 10. Lower the pressure below 1724 kPa (250 psi).

Note: If you change the adjustment setting and there is no corresponding change in pressure, cycle the hoist lever again. A change will occur in
the settings between 2 and 5.

Body Down Snub Function


The body down snub function cushions the shock when the body hits the bed of the truck. When the body is lowered, the body up switch detects
the position of the body when the body is close to the rail of the truck. When the body is too close to the rail, the ECM will command the hoist valve
to go into snub mode.

Adjust the Position Sensor for the Dump Body (Magnetic Switch)
1. Raise the dump body and install the body retaining pins to secure the dump body in the UP position.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 197/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 379 g03223119


View of the position sensor for the dump body
(1) Body up switch

(2) Magnet

(3) Plate

Illustration 380 g03223121


View of the position sensor for the dump body
(A) 10 mm (0.40 inch)

(1) Body up switch


(2) Magnet

2. Adjust plate (3) so the gap between switch (1) and magnet (2) is 10 mm (0.40 inch).

3. Remove the body retaining pins and lower the dump body into the DOWN position.

4. To adjust the snub position of the dump body to approximately 200 mm (8 inch) to 300 mm (12 inch) between the front of the body pads and
the frame rail, cycle the dump body and observe the SNUB position. If the dump body reaches the SNUB position too early, move magnet (2)
upward. If the dump body reaches the SNUB position too late, move magnet (2) downward.

5. Repeat Step 4 until the desired SNUB position of the dump body is obtained.

Hoist System Test


777G Truck Hoist Test 
Machine Model:  Date: 
Machine Serial Number:  Machine Hours: 
Hoist Valve Part/Serial Number:  Hoist LOWER Adjustment: 
Setting:   
Chassis ECM Flash File (Software Group Part Number) Date: 
Visual Inspection 
Oil Level:  Oil Viscosity: 
Air/Water in Oil:  Oil Filter Examination: 

Table 126

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 198/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 381 g03319315

The hoist system can be enabled or disabled in the Chassis ECM using ET. All trucks shipped from the factory without bodies installed are set at
the Hoist Disabled Status. The Hoist Disabled Status is a test mode only and will prevent the hoist cylinders from accidentally being moved. After
the body is installed, enable the Hoist Status for the hoist system to function properly.

777G Truck Hoist Test 


Test  Specification  Actual 
Hoist Oil Temperature (Brake Cooling Oil during test)  71° C (160° F) to 94° C (201° F)   
PILOT PRESSURE at Low Idle (taps on hoist valve) (from towing valve) (fluctuates with brake
3450 kPa (500 psi)   
charge pressure) 
18475 kPa (2680 psi) to 19960 kPa
RAISE PRESSURE at High Idle (tap on hoist pump)   
(2895 psi) 
FLOAT PRESSURE at High Idle (tap on hoist pump) body switch in the RAISED position  1720 kPa (250 psi)   
LOWER PRESSURE at High Idle (tap on hoist pump) body switch in the RAISED position  3450 ± 350 kPa (500 ± 50 psi)   

Table 127

Relief Valve (Hoist Raise, Hoist Lower) - Test and Adjust


Required Tools 

Part Number  Description  Required Amount 


6V-3079  Pressure Hose Assembly  1 
6V-4143  Coupler Assembly  2 
198-4240  Digital Pressure Indicator  1 

Table 128

Note: Make sure that the filters and the screens are clean before you test any pressures. Make sure that the oil is at operating temperature before
you perform this test.

Note: Before you perform any tests, visually inspect the entire hydraulic system for oil leaks and for damaged components.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 199/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Personal injury or death can result from sudden machine


movement.

Sudden movement of the machine or the release of oil under


pressure can cause injury to persons on or near the machine. To
prevent possible injury before testing and adjusting the
hydraulic system, perform the procedure in the Testing and
Adjusting, "General Information" section.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are contained during
performance of inspection, maintenance, testing, adjusting, and
repair of the product. Be prepared to collect the fluid with
suitable containers before opening any compartment or
disassembling any component containing fluids.

Refer to Special Publication, PERJ1017, "Dealer Service Tool


Catalog" for tools and supplies suitable to collect and contain
fluids on Cat® products.

Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and


mandates.

Illustration 382 g01258000


(1) High-pressure relief valve

(2) Low-pressure relief valve


(3) Hoist dual stage relief valve

(4) Hoist control valve

Hoist dual stage relief valve (3) is part of the hoist control valve (4). The relief pressure for the RAISE position is controlled by high-pressure relief
valve (1). The relief pressure for the LOWER position is controlled by low-pressure relief valve (2).

Relief Valve Test (High Pressure)

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 200/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 383 g03320005


View of the tube on the rear support assembly
(5) Pressure tap for high-pressure oil

1. Lower the dump body. Stop the engine.

2. Connect a hose assembly with an 8T-0860 Pressure Gauge ( 0 to 40000 kPa (0 to 5800 psi)) to pressure taps (5).

3. Start the engine. Operate the dump body repeatedly until the temperature of the hydraulic oil is above 38°C (100°F).

4. Run the engine at high idle and move the hoist control to the RAISE position.

5. After the dump body is fully raised, look at the gauge. Hold the hoist control in the RAISE position. The high-pressure gauge reading is the
relief valve pressure setting of high-pressure relief valve (1). The correct pressure setting for the 777G machines is 18950 ± 520 kPa
(2750 ± 75 psi).

Illustration 384 g03319982


(1) High-pressure relief valve

(2) Low-pressure relief valve


(3) Hoist dual stage relief valve

(6) Nut

(7) Retainer

6. Loosen nut (6). Turn retainer (7) to adjust the setting of high-pressure relief valve (1).

7. When high-pressure relief valve (1) is correctly set, tighten nut (6).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 201/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Relief Valve Test (Low Pressure)

Illustration 385 g03320007


View of the tube on the rear support assembly
(8) Pressure tap for low-pressure oil

1. Lower the dump body. Stop the engine.

2. Connect a hose assembly with an 8T-0856 Pressure Gauge ( 0 to 6000 kPa (0 to 870 psi)) to pressure tap (8).

3. Start the engine. Operate the dump body repeatedly until the temperature of the hydraulic oil is above 38°C (100°F).

4. Lower the dump body onto the truck frame.


Note: The body down or up switch must be in the RAISE position before low-pressure relief valve (2) can be measured. If the body down or
up switch is in the LOWER position, the Power Train Electronic Control Module will keep the hoist control valve in the SNUB position. Low-
pressure relief valve (2) cannot be measured in this condition.

5. Remove the magnet from the body. When the magnet is removed and the body is in the down position, the indicator light on the dash turns
on.

6. Run the engine at high idle and move the hoist control to the LOWER position.

7. Look at the gauge and hold the hoist control in the LOWER position. The low-pressure gauge reading is the relief valve pressure setting of
low-pressure relief valve (2). The correct pressure setting is 3450 ± 350 kPa (500 ± 50 psi).

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 202/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 386 g03320009


(1) High-pressure relief valve

(2) Low-pressure relief valve


(3) Hoist dual stage relief valve

(9) Retainer

(10) Nut

8. Loosen nut (10). Turn retainer (9) to adjust the setting of low-pressure relief valve (2).

9. When low-pressure relief valve (2) is correctly set, tighten nut (10).

Auto-lube System Check - type 1 (If Equipped)

Illustration 387 g03223356


View of the left-hand side grease injectors

Illustration 388 g03223377


View of the right-hand side grease injectors

Illustration 389 g03223396


View of the rear grease injectors

Note: Verify that all locations to be greased are receiving the correct supply of grease to the joint or component.

Adjust the grease injectors, as required. Refer to Service Manual, KENR9937, "Off-Highway Truck Automatic Lubrication".

1. Turn the key to the ON position. Do not start the truck.

2. Using Cat ET, select "CHASSIS ECM" and then select "CONFIGURATION".

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 203/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 390 g03223421

3. Click on the "AUTO LUBE" setup section.

4. Verify auto lube interval. If necessary, change the settings to achieve the correct interval.

CAT Integrated Object Detection System for Off-Highway Trucks (If Equipped)
Refer to Service Manual, KENR8668, "CAT Integrated Object Detection System (CIODS)" for system setup information and calibration.

Payload System Calibration (If Equipped)


The following information describes the calibration for the truck payload.

Note: The TPMS will not operate until a successful payload calibration has been completed.

Note: For security, this service program code will only function while Cat ET is connected or the service mode in the Advisor is enabled.

Calibrate the Payload System


1. Ensure that the truck body is empty. Carryback weight of the material that is stuck in the body can affect the payload measurements.

2. Operate the empty truck to a minimum ground speed of 4 MPH on hard level ground.

3. Move the transmission control to the NEUTRAL position and allow the truck to coast to a complete stop. DO NOT use the service brakes or
the retarder to stop the truck.

4. After the truck has stopped, calibrate the payload system. The information display will show a "Calibration Complete" message when the
calibration is successful.
Refer to Service Manual, M0109037, "777G OFF-Highway Truck VIMS 3G and Payload" for system setup and calibration procedures.

Ton Mile Per Hour (TMPH)/Tonne Kilometer Per Hour (TKPH) Configuration
1. Verify that TPMS is applicable (MSO), installed, and calibrated.

2. Configure the TMPH/TKPH. Refer to Service Manual, KENR8744, "773G, 775G, 777G Off-Highway Trucks VIMS ™Truck Payload
Measurement System".

Transmission and Torque Converter Filters


The transmission system uses 337-5270 Oil Filter Elements, which have to be replaced by a service filter element after 8 hours of
machine operation. Failure to change to a service element may result in clogging of the filter.

Replace the 337-5270 Oil Filter Element with a 337-5270 Oil Filter Element.

Note: The 337-5270 Oil Filter Element is for power train use only and not approved for hydraulic applications.

Contamination is one of the major causes of transmission control system failure. Some power train oil systems were cleaned with fine clean out
filters, which frequently caused oil to bypass the filter. The use of clean out filters in power train oil systems is no longer recommended. A new line
of advanced efficiencyCaterpillartransmission filters have been introduced for use in power train application.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 204/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Replacing the Cleanout Filters


Cleanout filters are installed on some of the 777G hydraulic systems at the factory. Replace all cleanout filters with the standard filters that have
been provided with the truck after the truck has been continuously operated for 8 hours. Failureto replace clean out filters can cause a plugged filter
condition causing contaminated oil to enter the transmission, torque converter, steering, hoist, or brake hydraulic systems.

Use the following chart for replacing the filters.

Hydraulic System  Qty  Cleanout Filter  Standard Filter 


Brake accumulator charge  1  293-3645  293-3645 
Steering case drain  1  126-1813 (5µ max.)  4I-3948 (25µ max.) 
Steering  1  144-0832 (5µ max.)  4T-6788 (27µ max.) 
Torque Converter  1  337-5270  337-5270 
Transmission  1  343-4465  337-5270 

Table 129

Cab Instrumentation and Functional Checks


Operators Seat
Check for Seat Adjustability  Check if OK 
Check the range of the light to heavy dampening for the seat   
Full range of the back reclining positions   
Full range of the seat suspension travel   

Table 130

Operators Seat Belt


Check Seat Belt Latch and Seat Belt Adjustability  Check if OK 
Adjust the length of the seat belt   
Fasten the seat belt catch into the buckle   
The seat belt must not be able to slip after adjusting   
The seat belt catch should unlatch from the buckle when required   

Table 131

Engine Start
Check the Ignition Switch, Horn, and Engine Start  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the ON position(1)   
Sound the horn for all clear   
Turn the key to the START position to activate the starting motor.   
After the diesel engine starts, release the key. The key should return to the ON position   
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The engine should stop   

Table 132
(1)
The key in the ON position will enable the electrical circuits in the cab and activate the VIMS self test

Pressurize the Cab


Check the Operation of the Blower Motor to Pressurize the Cab(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the ON position   
Check the four settings for the blower speed(2)   
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   

Table 133
(1)
(2) Pressurizing the Cab helps to eliminate dust in the operators compartment
There should be an audible sound between the different settings

Climate Control
Check the operation of the Heater and the Air Conditioner  Check if OK 
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 205/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

The lines for the heater valves should be open   


Sound the horn for all clear   
Start the engine   
Turn the climate control to cool   
Push the top of the A/C switch to activate   
Air from the dash vents should be cold(1)   
Push the top of the A/C switch to deactivate   
Turn the climate control to warm   
Air from the dash vents should be warm (1)   
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   

Table 134
(1)
When the engine is at operating temperature

Window Wipers
Check the Operation of the Window Wiper and Washer  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the ON position   
From the OFF position, turn the window wipers to the LOW setting   
Turn the window wiper to the HIGH setting   
Press the button to activate the window washer fluid   
Turn the window wiper to the first INTERMITTENT setting   
Turn the window wiper to the second INTERMITTENT setting   
Turn the window wiper to the third INTERMITTENT setting   
Turn the window wipers to the OFF position   
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   

Table 135

Panel and Running Lights

Illustration 391 g03225219


View of the left-hand side of the operator control panel
(1) Switch for headlights, parking lights, and taillights

(2) Panel light switch

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 206/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 392 g03225897


(3) Multifunction switch
Check the operation of the Panel Lights and the Headlights(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   
Push switch (1) to activate low beam headlights   
Push the top half of switch (2) to the first detent to activate the instrument panel lights, marker lights, and the tail lights   
Use multifunction switch (3) to toggle between low beam lights and high beam lights   
Push the bottom half of switch (1) to the OFF position to deactivate the headlights   

Table 136
(1)
The tail lights should be on any time a light switch is activated

Hazard Lights

Illustration 393 g03226040


(4) Hazard flasher switch
Check the Operation of the Hazard Lights  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   
Push the top half of switch (4) to activate the hazard lights   
Push the bottom half of switch (4) to deactivate the hazard lights   

Table 137

Access Lights

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 207/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 394 g03226076


(5) Switch for the access lights in the cab

Illustration 395 g06496698


(6) Switch for the access lights at ground level
Check the operation of the Access Lights(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position   
Push the top half of switch (5) or switch (6) to activate the access lights   
If necessary, adjust the access light to provide light for the steps   
Push the bottom half of switch (5) or switch (6) to deactivate the access lights   

Table 138
(1)
The access lights can be activated from two places on the machine. The position of one switch will determine whether the other switch is in the ON position or in the OFF position.

Engine Shutdown Switch

Illustration 396 g06496714


(7) Engine shutdown switch
Check the operation of the Engine Shutdown Switch  Check if OK 
Start the engine   

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 208/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Activate engine shutdown switch (7)   


Engine shuts down   
Deactivate engine shutdown switch (7)   

Table 139

Cab Dome Light


Check the operation of the Cab Dome Light Switch(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position and close the door   
Push dome light switch to the ON position to turn on the light   
Push dome light switch to the OFF position to turn the light OFF   
Open the door to turn on the light   
Close the door to turn off the light   

Table 140
(1)
The dome light and switch are located above the operator in the cab

Map Light
Check the operation of the Map Light Switch(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.   
Push map light switch to the ON position to turn on the light   
Push map light switch to the OFF position to turn the light OFF   

Table 141
(1)
The mape light and switch are located above the operator in the cab

Cigar Lighter
Check the operation of the Cigar Lighter(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the ON position   
Push the lighter inward and release the lighter   
When the lighter is ready to use, the lighter will move outward.   

Table 142
(1)
The lighter can also be used as a 12 V power receptacle

Backup Alarm
Check the operation of the backup alarm(1)  Check if OK 
Turn the ignition key to the ON position   
Move the transmission direction and the speed control lever to the REVERSE position   
The backup alarm should sound immediately(2)   

Table 143
(1)
(2) Make sure that the area behind the machine is clear of personnel and clear of obstacles
The backup alarm should sound until the transmission direction and speed control lever are moved to the NEUTRAL position or the FORWARD

Product Link Setup


Note: Caterpillar highly recommends registering and subscribing to Product Link. Product link enables remote monitoring of customer
equipment helping keep jobs on schedule, maintain machine health, and reduce the cost of owning and operating a customer fleet. First
year subscription to Product Link is at no charge to the customer. Contact a Caterpillar representative with questions.

Product link is set up using the latest version of Caterpillar Electronic Technician.

The Communications Adapter II hardware is connected between the service connector of the machine and the PC serial port of the PC parallel
port. The Cat ET "Communications Interface Device" is found under the "Utilities" menu, "Preferences" drop-down menu.

PL121SR/PL321SR, Satellite PL Setup (If Equipped)


Refer to Service Manual, RENR7911, "Product Link 121S/300" for information and procedures regarding the setup and configuration for the
PL121SR/PL321SR, Satellite-based Product Link systems.

Configuration
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 209/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Connecting a Computer to the Product Link System


Verify that Product Link has installed the latest flash file.

Supported Connections for Hardware


The PL121SR Radio and PL300 ECM are configured with CAT ET by using the following communications interfaces:

PL121SR Installations Only - The 245-7310 Control Harness Assembly (Serial Service Cable) is connected between the PC serial port and the
serial service connector on the radio legacy harness or the conversion harness. The CAT ET "Communications Interface Device" is configured for
"Embedded Communications Adapter".

PL121SR plus the PL300 Installations Only - The 171-4400 Communication Adapter Group hardware is connected between the machine service
connector and the PC serial port or parallel port. The CAT ET "Communications Interface Device" is configured for the "Caterpillar Communications
Adapter II (RP1210)".

Note: The configuration parameters for the "Communications Interface Device" are found in CAT ET under "Utilities" menu, "Preferences" drop-
down menu.

Configure Computer Interface Communications for CAT ET


The following examples of screens show configuring communications for the computer to use CAT ET.

1. Use the 245-7310 Serial Service cable to connect a computer with the required CAT ET software to the serial service connector of the wiring
harness.

2. Select "Utility" on the tool bar.

Illustration 397 g01361214


"Preference" Section for CAT ET

3. From the drop-down menu, select "Preference".

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 210/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 398 g01361220


"Preference" Section for CAT ET

4. From the "Communications" tab, click the drop-down menu and select "Caterpillar Embedded Communication Adaptor".

Configure Product Link PL121SR Radio and PL300 ECM


This section provides information for the user to configure the parameters required for the Product Link system during installation. After the
"Machine Serial Number","Machine Make Code", and the "Dealer ID" are set, the unit will auto-register the Product Link system.

There are some parameters that need configured for the Product Link. There are default values that are loaded. Many of the default values are
acceptable in most applications. However, care must be followed in setting these parameters to ensure proper operation. Also, care will help avoid
increased costs for messaging. Enter the "Product Link Module (PLM) Installation Parameters" last to ensure proper registration. Select the
configuration screen by selecting the icon on the tool bar or by using the pull-down menus from the menu bar.

Two communications adapters are available to flash program the electronic control modules. The 7X-1700 Communications Adapter can be used,
or the 171-4400 Communication Adapter II can be used.

After the Product Link has been configured, the radio must be registered with the Equipment Manager system. If installing only the PL121SR Radio
(no PL300 ECM), configure the radio as described in PL121SR "Installation Parameters Configure - Radio Only" section. If installing the PL121SR
and the PL300 ECM, configure the radio and ECM as described in the "Installation Parameters Configure for PL321SR System (PL121SR Radio
and PL300 ECM)".

1. There are three ways to access the configuration screen. Select one of the following options:

Select "Service" and select "Configure" on the menu bar.

Press the "F5" key.

Select "ECM Configuration Icon" on the tool bar.

2. Ensure that steps have been taken to connect the computer with CAT ET software properly to the Product Link system.

3. Click the "Connect" icon or click "File" on the menu bar. Click "Connect" from the pull-down menu to establish communication with the
PL121SR radio.

4. After the computer has connected to the PL121SR radio, click the "Configuration Tool" icon. Select the "Service" menu, "Configuration" drop-
down menu to view the Configuration screen.

5. Double-click the desired parameter or select the desired parameter. Click "Change". A dialog box will appear with a scroll down list that will
show all the possible parameter values.

6. Click "OK" after changing each parameter to return to the Configuration screen.

Refer to the Systems Operation, Troubleshooting, Testing and Adjusting, "Commands" for information about registering the Product Link system.

Commands
"Synchronize Service Hour Meters" for PL321

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 211/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

To perform the "Synchronize Service Hour Meters" function, select the "Service" menu, and "Synchronize Service Hour Meters" from the drop-down
menu.

The machine maintains a function that is called "Sync Clock". In a PL321 system, the Product Link clock can be the master or the slave. This
criteria is automatically determined by the priority that is provided to each ECM when the machine is designed. Usually, Product Link will not be the
master ECM. If Product Link is not the master, the user must use the "Synchronize" button to synchronize the Product Link SMH to the master
ECM SMH. Product Link could be the master ECM if the following scenarios occur:

No other ECM on the machine is SYNC clock capable/enabled.

No other ECM on the machine has a priority higher than Product Link.

If Product Link is the master ECM, the user should select the "Set Master Hours" button. Once the master hours have been set, click
the"Synchronize" button to synchronize any other sync-clock capable/enabled ECM. Refer to Illustration 399.

Note: To change the SMH to a value lower than the current value, a factory password will be required.

Note: In a PL321 system using sync-clock where Product Link is not the master ECM, the Product Link module will automatically sync to the
master ECM hours if the difference is not greater than 50 hours. If the difference is greater than 50 hours, a diagnostic will be generated in Cat ET
that indicates that a manual sync is required. In that instance, sync the hours (Service/Synchronize Service Meter Hours) unless the master ECM
hours are incorrect.

If Product Link is not the master ECM, and the master ECM hours are not correct, troubleshoot on machine side. Do not replace the Product Link
module.

Illustration 399 g01362745


"Synchronize Service Hour Meters" Screen

"PLM Commands"

Illustration 400 g01362129


"PLM Commands" Menu for Cat ET

There are ten commands that can be completed by selecting "Service/PLM Commands" from the menu bar in Cat ET.
https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 212/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Registration - This command automatically queues a registration message and an administration message. The registration message will queue
up and wait for the next available satellite to complete the process. The parameters "Queued Registration Messages"and "Queued Administration
Messages" in "Message Queue" will show a value of "1". When the registration message and administration messages has been successfully
transmitted, the value will change back to "0". This registration process can take from 15 minutes to 1 hour. The time frame depends on the
performance of the communications network.

Note: Performing the registration process will activate the installed system. Complete the configuration process prior to performing the registration
process.

Note: To register Product Link, the Product Link antenna must have a clear view of the sky for detecting satellites. Therefore, if the machine is
inside a building or another structure that would prevent a clear view of the sky, the machine will need to be moved outside. The yellow LED and
the orange LED on the PL121SR radio should be solid to ensure that a lock has been established with the satellite. If the LED indicators for the
radio cannot be observed, then the user can look in Cat ET at "Satellite Information" and "Satellite Communication Status" to determine that
satellite communication has been established.

De-registration - This command de-registers the Product Link before removing the unit for installation on another machine. This command will set
all of the fields back to the default values. This command will clear the memory of the unit. All the Fence settings and diagnostics in the memory
are erased. After the message is "queued", the message should enter the Message Queue. This message can be viewed by observing "Message
Queue" for the Product Link ECM. After the message has been transmitted, the unit can be removed. The unit can be reinstalled on another
machine.

Status Message - This command queues the following status descriptions: SMH, location, and fuel.

Fuel Report - This command queues a fuel report.

Position Report - This command queues a position report.

Time and Geo-Fencing Report - This command queues a "Time and Geo-Fencing Report" report.

SMH Report - This command queues a "SMH" report.

Empty Message Queue - This command clears all messages out of the message queue. This command can be used to clear messages that are
inadvertently added to the queue.

ECM List - This command queues up an "ECM List Report" after a wait of a few minutes. The "ECM List Report" includes a list of all ECM modules
(and the associated serial numbers, software part numbers, and sync-clock status) detected by the Product Linkthat are connected to the Cat
Datalink. The "ECM List" is automatically sent at the time of registration. The "ECM List" contains a unique identifier for each ECM that is detected
by the Cat Datalink

Administration Message - This command queues an Administration message. This message contains data from the "Configuration"screen. The
following examples are data examples: "PLM Report Configuration Parameters", "System Settings",and "Digital Input Configurations".

Note: Once these entries have been entered, the Product Link Module will automatically queue an Administration message after 15 minutes. The
Product Link can be forced to queue a message sooner by using this command.

To register a module for the first time, follow the procedure that is listed below.

Illustration 401 g01362222

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 213/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

"Registration" Screen

1. Click "Service" on the toolbar. Select "Product Link Registration". Refer to Illustration 401.

2. Enter information in the following fields: "Machine Make Code", "Machine Serial Number", "Dealer Code", "Confirmation Email Address"
(optional), and "Service Meter Hours". Refer to Illustration 401.
Note: In a PL321 system, the machine serial number will be auto filled via information from the other ECMs on the CDL. The user will have
the option to "Synchronize Service Meter Hours" if the PL321 is considered a "slave". The user will have the option to "Set Master Hours" if
the PL321 is considered the "master". Refer to Illustration 401.

Note: This will not change the SMH on other ECMs. Only the SMH on Product Link will be modified.

3. Click "Register".

4. After "Registration" is selected, a dialog box will appear. The message will ask "Are you sure?". Click "Yes" or click "No". Clicking "Yes" will
queue the registration messages and administration messages.

5. A confirmation message will be displayed. Click "OK"


Note: After receiving a confirmation, you will be returned to the "Registration" screen.

Illustration 402 g03315676


PL321 "Registration Configuration" Screen

Illustration 403 g03315716


PL121 "Registration Configuration" Screen
To register the system again, follow the procedure that is listed below.

1. Click "Service" on the tool bar. Select "PLM Commands". Click "Registration" on the pull-down menu to start the registration process.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 214/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

2. After "Registration" is selected, a dialog box will appear. The message will ask "Are you sure?". Click "Yes" or click "No".

3. The registration message and administration message will "queue up".The parameters "Queued Registration Messages" and "Queued
Administration Messages" in "Message Queue" will show a value of "1". When the registration message has been successfully transmitted,
the value will change back to "0". This registration process can take from 15 minutes to 1 hour. This time frame depends on performance of
the communications network.
Note: The "Status Parameters" PLM Registration Status will change immediately to "Confirmation Pending". The "PLM Registration Status"
will change to "Registered" once the module receives the confirmation that "the message was received and processed successfully in the
backoffice (EM)". If the message was not processed successfully in the BackOffice, the "PLM Registration Status" will change to "Failed". If
this occurs, the parameters should be verified for accuracy. If changes are required, repeat the original registration process via "Service",
"Product Link Registration".

Illustration 404 g01362236


"Queue Status" Screen (PL121SR)
Note: The "Queued Registration Messages" and the "Queued Administration Messages" value will be "1" while the messages are still in the queue.

Illustration 405 g01362237


"Queue Status" Screen (PL321SR)

PL522/PL523, Cellular (GSM) PL Setup ( If Equipped)


Refer to Service Manual, RENR8143, "Product Link PL522/523" for information and procedures regarding the setup and configuration for the
PL522/PL523, Cellular based Product Link systems.

Installation Parameters Configured for PL522 and 523

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 215/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

1. Ensure that the correct steps have been taken to connect the computer with Cat ET software to the Product Link system. Refer to Systems
Operation, "Configuration".

2. Click the "Connect" icon or click "File" on the menu bar. Click "Connect" from the selections on the pull-down menu to establish
communication with the PL522 or 523.

Illustration 406 g02168713


"Select an ECM" Screen

3. The PL523 device is listed as "Vital Information Management System (VIMS) Main Module" as the Cat Data Link connection is made with the
gateway board within the device. Select "VIMS Main Module"or "Product Link" from the list of available ECMs. Refer to Illustration 406.

4. Click "OK".

Illustration 407 g02666356

5. Once you are connected, click the "Configuration Tool" icon or select "Service" from the menu. Click "Configuration" from the drop-down
menu to view the configuration screen.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 216/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 408 g02666396


PL522 and 523 Configuration Screen

6. Highlight "VIMS Main Module" and then click "Expand All". Refer to Illustration 408.
Note: Internet Protocol parameters should NOT be modified.

7. Double click the desired parameter or select the desired parameter and click "Change". A dialog box will appear. Also, a list will appear that
will show all of the possible parameter values.

8. Click "OK" after changing each parameter to return to the configuration screen.

Reference: Refer to the "Machine Serial Number" section that follows for information about the "Product ID" that is used in the PL522 and 523
system. Refer to Illustration 409 for an example of a machine serial number.

Machine Serial Number


The Machine Serial Number is used by the PL522 and 523 system for routing information by the machine and displaying information by the
machine.

Note: The serial number for a non-Caterpillar machine can be any alphanumeric characters up to 17 characters long such as "147433789DBS".

Illustration 409 g03319299


(1) Caterpillars World Manufacturing Code (characters 1 - 3)

(2) Machine description (characters 4 - 8)


(3) Check character (character 9)



or Product Sequence Number (characters 10 - 17). These characters were previously referred to as the Serial Number.
(4) Machine Indicator Section (MIS)

For Caterpillar machines, enter only the last eight characters of the "Machine Serial Number". Refer to Illustration 399 for an example of a machine
serial number. For Non-Caterpillar machines, enter the entire machine serial number.

First Quarter 2001, the Caterpillar Product Identification Number (PIN) changed from 8 characters to 17 characters. The "Product ID" that is
required by the PL522 and 523 system is the last eight digits. Do not start the serial number with a space. Do not abbreviate the serial number. For
example, "1AA00123"should not be shortened to "1AA123". Do not use uppercase "O" instead of zero "0". Refer to Item (4) in Illustration 399.

"Machine Maintenance Mode" Screen

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 217/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Illustration 410 g01361626


"Machine Maintenance Mode" Screen

The maintenance mode is used to prevent diagnostic and event messages from being reported when performing maintenance on the machine.
This value should be reverted to "Off" after the servicing is complete. This value also reverts to "Off" after 12 calendar hours to ensure proper
operation (long term) of the system. If an event or diagnostic does occur when the maintenance mode is active, the event is ignored until the
maintenance mode is turned off. Remember to clear any diagnostic codes that were created during maintenance. If you do not remember, the
diagnostic codes will be transmitted once the maintenance mode is turned off.

To disable the PLM from sending any diagnostic or event messages while performing maintenance, select the "On" value. To continue normal
operation of the system after maintenance is done, select the "Off" (default) value.

"Synchronize Service Hour Meters" for PL522 and 523


The machine maintains a function that is called "Sync Clock". In a PL522 or 523 system, the PL522 or 523 clock can be the master or the slave.
This criteria is automatically determined by the priority that is provided to each ECM when the machine is designed. In most cases, the PL522 and
523 will not be the master ECM. If PL522 or 523 is not the master, use the "Synchronize" button to synchronize the PL522 or 523 SMH to the
master ECM SMH. The PL522 or 523 can be the master ECM if the following scenarios occur:

No other ECM on the machine is SYNC clock capable/enabled as displayed in Cat ET.

No other ECM on the machine has a priority higher than Product Link. This priority cannot be changed and is automatically determined when
the machine is first powered.

Illustration 411 g02270617


"Synchronize Service Hour Meters" Screen

To perform the "Synchronize Service Hour Meters" function, select the "Service" menu, and "Synchronize Service Hour Meters" from the drop-down
menu. When the PL522 or 523 is the master ECM, select the "Set Master Hours" button. Once the master hours have been set, click
the"Synchronize" button to synchronize any other sync-clock capable/enabled ECM. Refer to Illustration 411.

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 218/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Note: To change the SMH to a value lower than the current value, a factory password will be required.

Note: When a PL522 or a 523 is not the master ECM, the PL522 or 523 module will automatically sync to the master ECM hours if the difference is
not greater than 50 hours. If the difference is greater than 50 hours, a MID 122 - EID 0861 - WCI 01 diagnostic will be generated in Cat ET
indicating that a manual sync is required. In that instance, sync the hours (Service/Synchronize Service Meter Hours) unless the master ECM
hours are incorrect.

If a PL522 or a 523 is not the master ECM, and the master ECMs hours are not correct, troubleshoot on machine side. Do not replace the PL522 or
523 module.

Commands
Product Link Module(PLM) Commands

Illustration 412 g02696836


There are five commands that can be completed by selecting "Service" from the menu bar and "PLM Commands" from the drop-down menu in Cat
ET . Refer to Illustration 412.

Fuel Report - This command sends a fuel report.

ECM List - This command sends up an "ECM List Report" after waiting a few minutes. The "ECM List Report" includes a list of all ECM modules
connected to the Cat Data Link. The report also lists the associated serial numbers, software part numbers, and sync-clock status detected by the
PL522 and 523. The "ECM List" is automatically sent at the time of registration. The "ECM List" contains a unique identifier for each ECM that is
detected by the Cat Data Link.

Administration Message - This command sends an Administration message.

Body Serial Number


Record the body serial number in SIMS. Refer to Special Instruction, SEHS0046, "A Procedure to Link a Body Serial Number to Product
Configuration in SIMS for Certain Off-Highway Trucks" for the procedure.

Commissioning Checklist
Use the Service Manual and use the Operation and Maintenance Manual to correct any system problems before you deliver the truck.

Note: After 10 hours of continuous operation, replace the cleanout filter elements with standard filter elements for the systems that follow:parking
brake filter, steering system filter, torque converter charge filter and transmission charge filter. See "Replacing the Cleanout Filters" section of this
document. Record a SIMS entry for the initial cleanout filter replacements using PD Code 38 (General Info), F Code 357 (Filter) and DT Code 901
(Predelivery Inspection).

After you complete the final check, sign your name and the name of the dealer.

Make copies of all completed systems tests, commissioning check list, and predelivery work sheet and mail copies to the following
address:

Caterpillar Inc.

Attention: Quentin Burt


777G Truck

N. 27th and Pershing Road


Decatur, IL 62525

USA

Dealer:____________________

Customer:____________________

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 219/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

Product Identification Number:____________________

777G Commissioning Checklist 


Check that all fluid levels are correct  Yes  No  Page 130 
Verify that air cleaners are installed  Yes  No  Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual 
Check tire inflation pressures  Yes  No  Page 130 
Verify suspension strut charge pressures  Yes  No  Page 131 
Check battery cables and connections  Yes  No  Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual 
Verify electrical system functions correctly  Yes  No  Page 132 
Verify that ECM configurations are correct  Yes  No  Page 133 
Verify that all configurations are set up  Yes  No  Page 136 
Verify that ECM software versions are correct  Yes  No  Page 137 
Verify that VIMS is set up correctly  Yes  No  Page 141 
Verify that information display is set up correctly  Yes  No  Page 142 
Check that the engine starts correctly  Yes  No  Page 143 
Verify Variable Fan Tests  Yes  No  Page 144 
Check that the transmission is calibrated correctly  Yes  No  Page 146 
Verify transmission pressures  Yes  No  Page 148 
Verify torque converter pressures  Yes  No  Page 149 
Verify that the ARC system operates  Yes  No  Page 154 
Verify that the brakes are purged of air  Yes  No  Page 157 
Verify that the service brakes test correctly  Yes  No  Page 157 
Verify that park brakes test correctly  Yes  No  Page 158 
Verify that the retarder operates correctly  Yes  No  Page158 
Verify correct steering system operation  Yes  No  Page 158 
Verify correct secondary steering operation  Yes  No  Page 159 
Verify Traction Control System operation  Yes  No  Page 160 
Verify that Duo Cone Seal break-in has been performed  Yes  No  Page 161 
Verify hoist lower valve settings  Yes  No  Page 162 
Verify body hoist system operation(1)  Yes  No  Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual 
Check body position sensor adjustment  Yes  No  Page 163 
Verify body SNUB adjustment settings  Yes  No  Page 163 
Verify Hoist System Test  Yes  No  Page 165 
Verify Auto Lube system operation(1)  Yes  No  Page 168 
Verify CIODS operation and settings(1)  Yes  No  Page 169 
Verify Payload system calibration(1)  Yes  No  Page 169 
Check all cab controls and functions  Yes  No  Page 170 
Check operation of all lights and the horn  Yes  No  Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual 
Verify Product Link setup and operation  Yes  No  Page 174 
Check machine drives and operates correctly  Yes  No  Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual 

Table 144
(1)
If equipped

Predelivery Worksheet
Date  Employee I.D.  Model  Serial Number  Hours  Inspector Name 
           

Table 145

Note: All safety product improvement programs (PIP) must be completed.

  Visual Inspection  Service Points and Fluid Levels  Operation  After Operation 

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 220/221
20/3/22, 18:48 SIS 2.0

_ Oil


_ Air Cleaner Indicator

_ Coolant


_ V-Belt Tension

_ Fuel


_ Leaks (Oil, Air, Fuel,
_ Batteries OVC > (12.45) _ VDC1
Coolant)

_ Paint
_ VDC2
_ Smoke Color

Engine (1) (2) 


Damage 

_ Friction
on Hoses

_ Outside _ Air Filters


_ Unusual Noise 

_ Friction on Wires

_ Drain Water from Fuel Tank



_ Loose Wire Connections
_ Drain Water Separator


Valves
_ Loose or Lost
_ Open Coolant conditioner

Fasteners 
_ Grease Fittings 
_ Transmission

_ Differential

_ Transmission - Each Gear

_ Paint
_ Final Drives

_ Neutral Start


Damage

_ Leaks (Oil)

_ Outside _ Tire Pressure


_ Transmission
Lever Lock

Fasteners

Power Train 


_ Loose or lost
_ Tires - Cuts, _ Grease Fittings
_ Back - Up Alarm


Bolt Torques

_ Tires - Cuts, Gouges 

gouges  _ Front & Rear Axle _ Neutralizer Valve

_ Front & Rear Universal Torques

_ Unusual Noise 

_ Wheel to Rim Torques 

_ Steering

_ Brake Fluid
_ Retarder

_ Leaks - Oil, Air

Steering and _ Paint


Damage  _ Drain Water
from Air Tank

_ Service Brakes
_ Loose or Lost

Brakes  _ Outside

_ Grease Fittings  _ Parking Brakes

Fasteners 
_ Unusual Noise 

_ Sheet Metal


_ Enclosure Doors - Locks and _ Loose or Lost Fasteners
Chassis  _ Paint
_ Grease Fittings 

Latches  _ Welds 
_ Damage 
_ Controls
_ Leaks - Oil

_ Hydraulic Tank

Hydraulic  _ Cylinder Rods  _ Too much


Drift

_ Friction or Lost
_ Grease Fittings 

_ Unusual Noise 
Fasteners 
_ Paint
_ Grease Fittings
_ Welds

Truck Body 

_ Damage
_ Body Pads

_ Body Positions 
Lost Fasteners
_ Loose or
_ Liners 

_ Retention Cable  _ Damage 


_ Disconnect Switch

_ VIMS

_ Hoist Control

_ Horn

_Seat Belts

_ Seat Adjustments
_ Operation Guide

_ All Switches & Controls


_ Maintenance Guide

_ Front Window Washer


_ Doors and Windows

_ Parts Book

_ Sheet Metal


_ Air Filters
_ Locks and Latches

_ Seat Cover

Cab  _ Paint


_ Grease Fittings
_ Mirror Adjustment

_ Steps & Grab
Irons

_ Glass 
Support 

_ Torque on ROPS _ Front Window Wipers


_ Loose or Lost Fasteners
_ Front Window Washers

_ Loose Wire Connections
_ Heater

_ Leaks - Water 

_ (Air Conditioner/Pressurizer)

Lights - Outside and Cab


_ Gauges

_ Unusual Noise

_ Steering Column
Adjustment 

_ Special Assembly
Parts
_ Attachment Fluid Levels
_ Warning Plates

_ S/N
Plates

_ Charge for Fire Suppression _ Attachments


_ Films

Misc. and

Fire
_ Correct System
_ Test Switch for _ Leaks

Attachments 
Fittings

Attachments
_ Grease Suppression  _ Loose
or Lost
_ Hand Tools

_ Automatic Lubrication System  Fasteners 


_ Paint 

Table 146
(1)
(2) If the machine was in storage, refer to Special Instruction, SEHS9031, "Storage Procedure For Caterpillar Products"
For cold-weather operation, refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual, M0106094 and M0106096.

PPT-0100237E

2022/03/20

23:45:16-05:00

i07764572

© 2022 Caterpillar Inc.


Caterpillar:

Confidential Green

https://sis2.cat.com/#/print-preview/service/%257B%2522title%2522%253A%2522Assembly%2520Procedure%2520for%2520the%2520777G%2520Off-Highway%2520Trucks%2520%257B1000%252C%25207… 221/221

You might also like